Firmware Version: 2.82x6 (w/ 5.12a13 Universal Boot Code) (Supported for IBM System x & BladeCenter)
Problems Fixed: - Emulex FC Adapter does not auto-enable SAN boot mode when boot target configuration is made via IFM (BOFM) - Emulex FC configuration utility is in the wrong F1 setup screen
- Multiple adapters connected to same PCIe bridge port can request more I/O space than system can allocate. - Updated firmware kernel code so Saturn based HBA and mezz cards do not use or advertize need for system I/O Space.
Firmware Version: 2.01a11 (w/ 5.12a13 Universal Boot Code) (Supported for IBM System x & BladeCenter)
Problems Fixed: - Emulex FC Adapter does not auto-enable SAN boot mode when boot target configuration is made via IFM (BOFM) - Emulex FC configuration utility is in the wrong F1 setup screen - IBM CIOv adapter connected to Brocade 8 Gig FC BladeCenter switch intermittently Links up at less than 8 Gig
Firmware Version 2.01a3 (w/ 5.12a5 Universal Boot Code)
New Features
- Enhanced timeout notifications for processing abort failures.
Problems Fixed:
- All multi-abort I/Os are returned on the same ring from which the ABORT_MXRI command was received. - Changed the TRCV response in the abort state to CMD RJT to enable the TRSP to be processed. - Corrected an issue with blocked TSEND operations. - Corrected a buffer leak issue with RRQ exchanges. - Corrected an issue where the TRCV IOCB was de-queued improperly causing a XFR_RDY flood. - Corrected an issue where the OXID field was not loaded in the XRI_ABORTED IOCB. - Corrected an issue in recognizing whether an EEPROM is present.
Dependencies:
- The corresponding FC Storport device driver and OneCommand Manager Core-kit (management) will need to be installed for this package to function properly.
1. Fixed an issues booting when more than 8 ports are present in the system and fixed an adapter display issue when more than 8 ports are present in the systems 2. Fixed issues installing and booting O/Ss on ports greater than 8. 3. Fixed some boot time screen display issues.
(2) OpenBoot version 3.10a3
This version of OpenBoot supports FC-AL, Private loop, Public loop, and Fabric Point to Point. Also, it supports multi-initiators and multi-LUNs (0 through 4055)
Problems fixed, features added or other updates:
1. Unrelated to IBM
(3) EFIBoot version 4.12a12
The current EFI (Extensible Firmware Interface) Boot provides 64-bit System boot capability through the use of the EFI Shell. This EFIBoot supports EFI Specification 1.10 and EFI Source Code version 1.10.14.61.
Problems fixed, features added or other updates:
1. Only certain OEM HBAs will locate PlatformToDriverConfiguration- ProtocolGuid. Others just skip and continue processing 2. UEFI2.3 Hii Configuration Utility changes 3. HII Browser Save option does not work
1. On a port connected to a 3PAR "MBOD" cage, the test runs IO to the disk drives and issues a "controlport offline" command to offline the port while IO is running.
2. While doing target side cable pull testing with Block Guard (T10) Enabled we observed that adapter is not sending RSCN to AIX.
Dependencies: - The corresponding FC Storport device driver and OneCommand Manager Core-kit (management) will need to be installed for this package to function properly. elx_fw_fc_ibm1212-2_01a11-11_windows_32-64_chg
BIOS/FW/UEFI Update for ServeRAID H1110 SAS/SATA Controller for IBM System x
Controller Supported: ServeRAID H1110 SAS/SATA Controller for IBM System x (81Y4492)
BIOS Changes Enhancement(s): - Core BIOS and BIOS configuration utility will display "FF" as the PCI slot number when proper slot information is not available. - Increased the disk drive spin-up timeout value to accommodate disk drives having larger spin up times.
Fix(es): - Fixed an issue where the adapter order does not get written to NVM and "Updating Adapter Order" displays on every reboot. - Fixed issue where zero sized volume was showing "4. 0 GiB." - Fixed issue where devices, which are not attached to adapter 0, could not be promoted to positions in the boot order when they were selected in the configuration utility. - Fixed an issue where IOS Banner(POST) not showing SAS Discovery error when more than one HBA is connected to the host system. - Fixed an issue where the SMART status is not correctly displayed for bare drives. - Fixed an issue in SAS topology where a RAID disk is highlighted and attempted to set as preferred boot device or alternate boot device, the configuration utility displays a SAVE/DISCARD prompt. - Fixed an issue where the firmware was showing a large elapsed time when a format operation crosses midnight in the system clock.
Firmware Changes Enhancement(s): - Added support for 4GB DIMM - Added the ability for user the enable/disable of the drive write cache during the BIOS start up.
Fix(es): - Fixed an issue where a request sense command, which is executed after a SATA drive is in active state is moved to idle power condition state, has no 'Additional Sense' information set. - Fixed an issue where protected information error "Logical block reference tag check failed" is received when an IR volume is deleted. - Fixed an issue Self-Test Results log page where values for update parameter code, format and linking, and parameter length are not recorded. - Fixed an issue sending vital product data inquiry with vital product data page set as invalid (0xFF) while diagnostic is running on a SATA drive results in segmentation fault 0x1901. - Fixed an issue where input/output is sent to SATA drives before the drives are ready. - Fixed an issue where fault 8405 was being hit while disabling and enabling the phy to which secondary drive is connected with IOs active. - Fixed an issue where subsequent commands sent to a SATA drive fail after a write same command failure until NCQ error handling is triggered or the device is reset. - Fixed an issue where Report Luns command sent to SATA drive fails if the drive is spun down. - Fixed an issue where hotspare does not resynch with second raid volume when both volumes are in degraded state. - Fixed an issue where incorrect sense data is populated when Security Protocol IN/OUT command is sent to supported drive. - Fixed an issue where allocation length for inquiry SCSI Command is not handled Properly during SATA Drive Format. - Fixed an issue during SATA drive format where vital product data inquiry command is executed for SATA drive with invalid page code, and the command is passed with no data instead for failing with CC and sense data. - Fixed an issue where the host will not indicate the existence of the expander attached drives if the direct attached device re-ordering feature is enabled. - Fixed an issue where protected information errors are observed on a RAID 1 volume its BGI is not completed, and its member physical disks are removed and inserted. - Fixed an issue where the TM response was set to failed if the device is missing due to the DO NOT SEND TASK IU flag being enabled. - Fixed an issue where DMD (Device Missing Delay) timer is not set to the default time when the total Report Device Missing Delay is greater than 0x7F seconds. - Fixed an issue where RAID1 volume fails to resynch when a new compatible bare drive is available in the primary drive slot. - Fixed an issue where error handling for errors, that cause the DMA engines to halt, are not handled properly and multithreaded IOs can hang if the same control block is used too soon. - Fixed an issue where a third hotspare is created even if the number of hotspares currently present in the RAID Configuration is 2. - Fixed an issue where inactive foreign volume information cannot be seen in SASBIOS when a native volume is deleted.
UEFI Changes Enhancement(s) - Additional information such as vendor id and product id added to the HII Create Configuration Screen. - Added ability to check to detect missing hotspares to HII. - Modified to be obtained PCI Slot Number information from the system firmware protected information. - Additional character "M" will be displayed as part of the device display identifier of a multipathed disk. - Ability in HII to detect missing hotspares and provide a facility to delete the missing hotspares. - Implemented Configuration Summary and Simple Virtual Disk Creation Support for Unified Configuration Management. - Modified UEFI driver to wait for a maximum of 10 seconds for the controller to become ready, so controller gets discovered in the OS.
Fix(es): - Fixed an issue where Enable/Disable write cache does not work for SAS drives. - Fixed an issue where HII Configuration utility does not allow the user to create a RAID0 with single disk present in the topology. - Fixed an issue in Create Configuration menu where additional drive information is not getting updated appropriately in HELP area. - Modified to prevent Write Cache settings options from appearing for the IR firmware. - Fixed an issue where SATA volume members and hotspare drives are labeled as 'M' in a multipathed environment. - Fixed an issue to prevent HII from allowing the option to enable/disable write cache for SATA drives. - Fixed an issue where multipathing is disabled in Manufacturing page settings, but volume members and hotspare drives are labeled as "M." - UEFI driver modified to check BIOS Options in order to determine if is should manage the controller.
Fixes: - Fixed issue where HII do not report Multi-LUN devices from external RAID enclosure. - Do not show external RAID LUNs in HII RAID configuration page. - Report NVDATA version consistently in Hex or Decimal.
Note: HII changes may not affect all controllers. Changes for the controller are based on RAID volume support. - HII fix to return EFI_SUCCESS when RETRIEVE Action is given in HII Callback function. - HII fix for Write cache disabling fails for SATA HDD/SSD connected to the IT controller. - HII fix for saved Controller Events Filename. - Behvioral change for the way a volume is created in HII.
Note: The following fixes only effect blade systems that support Bofm. - Fixed boot issues in Windows 2008 where after installation in uEFI the os will not boot due to the BuildDevicePath not allocating enough memory for the DevicePathreturned to caller. - Fixed issue with Bofm configurations where the BOFM supplied addresses for external/switch attach Phys are being assigned to the internal/direct attach Phys. - Fixed a Bofm issue where the SAS WWIDs not reverting to Man Page 5 Default when a Blade is moved back to non-BOFM slot.
Note: HII changes may not affect all controllers. Changes for the controller are based on RAID volume support.
- HII change to Remove Legacy BIOS Enable/Disable option. - Fixed issue where after creating a volume using SATA SSD the Associated Physical Disks always show up as SATA HDD. - Fixed issue where a hotspare could not be created for any volume in the HII browser. - HII fix for the View Physical Disk Properties form where the Serial number of SATA disks were being displaced with a space. - HII fix for the IR help strings displayed when using an IT controller. - Fixed HII issue where a 'Question value mismatch with Option value' error occurs when saying No for creating RAID10/RAID1E volume. - Fixed HII issue where help is not available when having only RAID0 and RAID1 levels in Create Configuration form. - Fixed a problem where the UEFI driver ATA PassThru Protocol is corrupt while trying to access the Mode field. - HII behavior change for 'Manage Foreign Configurations.' - HII change to provide proper extended RAID Levels in help messages based on supported extended RAID Levels.
=============================================================================== Emulex FCoE Device Driver for Windows ===============================================================================
Driver version: 2.74.016.001 (supported on IBM System x, BladeCenter and Flex)
Problems Fixed: - Cleaned up a variety of corner case issues to avoid BSODs - Fixed IOCTL encounter bug-chk on BE3 during NPIV tests - Fixed reporting incorrect error code when creating vport on a switch without NPIV supported - Updated the default model name for 10Gb CNAs and 16G HBAs
Driver version: 2.74.009.001 (Previously supported on IBM SystemX, BladeCenter & Flex)
Problems Fixed: - Clean up non-critical legacy FC and uCNA incompatibilities - LUN masking doesn't persist after reboot - Emulex GUI crashes when closing a running Upgrade utility and re-open it in 802.3 configuration with IP or MAC - Several bugs related to creation or deletion of vports
Incremental Interoperability: - Windows 2012 - Improved debug capabilities - Tighter integration with MS Windows Design Kit
Driver version 2.70.018 (Previously supported on IBM SystemX, BladeCenter & Flex)
Problems Fixed:
- Fixed sending ABTS continuously to Flogi issue - Fixed reset and link bounce issues for SLI4 FC public loop - Added support for ABTS timeout handling for both SLI3 and SLI4 - Fixed loopback test incorrectly dropping the loopback frame in SLI4 - Fixed exchange management issue in SLI4 CT receive path causing array overflow - Fixed firmware version update issue following download in link up state - Fixed problem in init_vfi completion handler that stalled fabric login on BE FCoE FW - Fixed problem that caused OCM ELS Echo Test to fail - Fixed the loopback test issue in recovering from error condition - Add persistent link down support for SLI4 FC - Fix DFC_IssueDumpMBox to manage request type 3 which includes link select option - Modified reinitialization sequence following reset to fix discovery failure post type 1 or type 3 reset - Fixed new firmware dump issue
Driver Version 2.50.007 (Previously supported on IBM SystemX & BladeCenter) elx_dd_cna_ibm1212-2_74_016_001-6_windows_32-64_chg
IBM HBA/LSI 6Gb SAS/SATA/SSD Driver for Windows 2012/2008 R2/2008/2003
Supported Controllers: - IBM N2125 SAS/SATA Controller (46C9011) - IBM N2115 SAS/SATA Controller (46C8989) - ServeRAID H1135 Controller for IBM Flex System and BladeCenter (90Y4750) - ServeRAID H1110 SAS/SATA Controller for IBM System x (81Y4492) - IBM 6Gb SAS HBA (46M0907) - IBM 6Gb SSD HBA (68Y7362) - Onboard LSI 2004 SAS
NOTE TO SERVICE - Reference RETAIN #N/A
Version 2.00.60.00 - Suggested ------------------ Enhancements(s):\ - Added support for 8MB+ IO's - Modified sense data processing code to check for an ATA Passthrough command (either 12 or 16 byte). - Added RTTrace hooks to increase logging coverage within driver. - Implemented Extended SRB support (StorPort enhancement) in driver. - Added checks to catch physical DMAable memory allocations outside a single 4GB block as required by the adapter hardware.
Fixes:. - Fixed an issue where cable break between enclosures causes the adapter to reset. - Fixed an issue where MSM sends input/output control causing BSOD in Windows 2012 Extended SRB driver. - Fixed an issue where SAS2FLASH sends input/output control causing BSOD in Windows 2012 Extended SRB driver. - Fixed data alignment issue which could result in corrupt sense data under Windows 2012. - Changed RTTRACE version to match record structure used by driver. - Fixed an issue in Windows Server 2003 where executing LSIutil 1.65 Option 65 virtual serial port causes a bluescreen if memory has been severely fragmented.
Version 2.00.45.00 - Suggested ------------------ Ehancement(s): - Add support for ServeRAID H1110 SAS/SATA Controller for IBM System x - Add conversion of sense data descriptor format to fixed format, so drives 2.1TB in size and greater can return descriptor format sense data. For these drives to work properly under Windows, the miniport needs to convert the descriptor format sense data to fixed format before returning the sense data up the stack.
Fixes: - Add check for sense data type (fixed vs. descriptor) in CheckSmartInfo where large physical drives 2TB in size and greater use the descriptor format for sense data in order to pass back 64-bit LBA addresses. Most drives use the fixed format sense data, is the only format the upper layers of the Windows stack supports
Version 2.00.17.30 - Initial release ------------------ ibm_dd_mpt2sas_2_00_60_windows_32-64_chg
ServeRAID M1000 Series SAS/SATA Controller Firmware Update
Adapters Supported: ServeRAID M1115 SAS/SATA Controller for IBM System X (81Y4448) ServeRAID M1015 SAS/SATA Controller (46M0831)
Version 20.11.1-0137 - Suggested ------------------- Enhancement(s): - Update recovery mode page (WriteRetryCount and recoveryTimeLimit) during discovery of a drive and during spinup recovery when sense 6/29 is received.
Fixes: - Fixed an issue where certain drives were reporting a temperature of 65 degrees Celsius. - Fixed an issue where systems with SSD HDD will pop up an error message after creating a virtual drive via HII on M1115. - Fixed an issue where the drive state is not modified when a recon virtual drive is created from the reboot path.
Version 20.10.1-0107 - Suggested ------------------- Fixes: - Fixed grammatical errors in WebBIOS. - Fixed an issue in WebBIOS Drive Group Definition screen where enclosures should not be selectable in the Drives column. - Fixed an issue in uEFI-WebBIOS where the white bars do not match up under VD properties page. - Fixed an HII browser issue where a drive performing a copyback displayed the state as "Replacing" but other utilities showed the state as copyback. - Fixed an HII browser display issue where SATA drives showed "0" for the value of RPM under drive properties. - Fixed a display issue where the HDD port number showed incorrectly in an HII browser. - Fixed an HII browser issues where creating a global hotspare gave the user an error message. - Fixed an HII browser issue when security is changed with local key management the changing security report current mode is disabled as external keu management. - Fixed an HII browser issue where the user got the following error message, "The request command has invalid arguments," when changing the security key report. - Fixed an HII browser issue where the user was unable to save the configuration after adding an extra span during array creation. - Fixed an HII browser issue where the return value was not correct when the browser called extract config with a result of null.
Version 20.10.1-0101 - Suggested ------------------- Fixes: - Fixed an issue where a system uefi error will occur when the bootTargetId is set to 0. - Fixed a problem where the firmware will allocate the sata bbl entry for the drive when moved from unsupported to supported. - Fixed a firmware issue where the TargetId for the recon LD should be set to its original LD. - Fixed a HII error message "Question Value mismatch with Option value!" after selecting factory defaults in HII. - Fixed an issue where the firmware fails to create the configuration and utilities fail to report the VD size after the reconstruction.
Version 20.10.1-0091-01 - Non-Critical ------------------- Fix - Fixed issue where update may fail to find all supported controllers.
Version 20.10.1-0091- Suggested ------------------- Enhancement: - Add support for ServeRAID M1115
Fixes: - Fixed issue where after starting a reconstruction on a RAID 0 the progress %, does not increase. - Fixed an issue where a new drive, inserted after a drive failure, goes to JBOD and not auto rebuild. - Fixed physical drive count issue that stated more than (16) devices already exists
Version 20.10.1-0069- Suggested ------------------- Enhancement: - ServeRAID M1015 Dimmer Switches are disabled by default.
Fixes: - Fixed issue where enabling security causes the configuration to be missing, and a configured FDE array to be seen as foreign on reboot. - Fixed issue where WebBIOS gives garbled message when enabing FDE on an existing Disk Group - Fixed issue where the logical Unit ID (VPD page 0x83) changed after foreign import. - Fixed issue where the LDBBM entries are incorrect after foreign import. - Fixed a problem where firmware was taking to long to complete the PCI config read. Causing the system to generate an NMI. - Fixed issue where the controller does not work with pci set to nomsi in kdump kernel. - Fixed issue where the LED behavior is incorrect, wrong drive will blink activity. - Fixed issue where the configuration becomes foreign after the firmware fails multiple attempts to access raid key during boot. - Fixed firmware issue where a replacement drive is not seen if the replacement is added during power cycle. - Fixed an intermittent RAID key failure during power-on.
Version 20.10.1-0052- Critical ------------------- Enhancement: - Add support to pass SMART errors for JBOD drives to MSM
Fixes: - Added check to return SCSI sense Check condition if PMI is set and LBA is non zero for SCSI Read Cap 16. - Fixed issue where a bluescreen occurs handling RAID 1 with HSP and medium errors. The bluescreen occurs becausethe driver timesout while fw is retrying sense 0x02. Firmware causes Fatal Error when HSP drive responded with Sense 0x02 for Write/Verify or TUR - Fixed hang condition or condition where the uEFI driver does not load due to the uEFI Driver issuing a command in poll mode to firmware to early
Version 20.10.1-0045 - Critical ------------------- Fix: - Fixed issue where firmware has incomplete writes during power fail and recovery
Version 20.10.1-0036 - Critical ------------------- Fixes: - Fixed issue where uEFI WebBIOS version may not display the product name of the second controller - Fixed issue to prevent users to downlevel firmware to older versions - Fixed an issue where firmware reports "Unexpected sense, Invalid field in CDB" for LOG SENSE command sent to Seagate drives - Fixed issue where SMART failures can take longer then 5 minutes to report or in some cases fail to report - Fixed issue where it appears to the user the harddrive cache policy is changed when requested but the change did not occur
Version 20.10.1-0022 - Critical ------------------- - Fixed issue where Windows 2008 R2 WS08 cannot be installed properly on ServeRAID M1015 SATA JBOD with a uEFI boot. - Added warning message when user tried to change more then 16 drives to JBOD. - Addressed a problem where direct attached drives are given incorrect slot numbers - Added fixes from LSI channel products. - Fixed issue where a single JBOD drive will not boot after a Windows 2008 R2 installation.
Version 20.5.1-0014 - Critical ------------------- - Addressed data issue with database applications that use overlapping read write operating. - Addressed data issue which may occur during a reconstruction on some RAID levels that have an associated CacheCade virtual drive enabled. - Fixed problem where the controller may halt if a drive has medium errors that are being used in a check consistency, patrol read, or have delayed writes.
Version 20.1.1-0059 - Critical ------------------- Fixes: - Fixed an issue where a physical drive that is changed to JBOD from powersave will become unconfigured good again - Addresses an issue where data becomes inaccessible when a drive is secured after data has been written
Version 20.1.1-0049 - Suggested ------------------- Enhancement - Support M1000 key for RAID 5 and SED support
Fixes: - Fixed an issue in M3950M3 where webbios would hang - Fixed an issue where the controller properties in WebBIOS such as Rebuild, CC and BGI are not changing when we use up and down arrow keys. - Fixed an issue where Enclosure ID's are not being shown in MSM
Version 20.1.1-0046 - Suggested ------------------- - Enabled support for the ServeRAID M1000 Series Advanced Feature Key.
Note: All Logical Drives must previously have the encryption enabled before data is written on to the SED drives. Please read Retain TIP H123152 for more details.
Version 20.1.1-0042 ------------------- - Initial release ibm_fw_sraidmr_1000-20_11_1-0137_windows_32-64_chg
Dynamic System Analysis (DSA) Preboot Change History Version 9.45, Build ID DSYTC8F o Enhancement: 1. Preboot GUI redesign and enhancement--refine GUI into more customer friendly style. 2. FoD Support--FoD key re-activation. 3. pDSA proxy auto-config retrieve. o Limitations: 1. DSA Does not support "VMware ESXi" page report for ESXi 5.x key due to "vmvisor-offline-query" limitaion . o Special usage: - 2013 IMMV2 4QLFC
Version 9.33, Build ID DSYTB6E o Limitations: When we want to flash from B5E to B6E, we should level down to AA3 or AA4 first.
Version 9.30, Build ID DSYTB27 o New System Support: Flex System x440 Compute Node (7917, 2584) IBM System x3300 M4 (7382) o Problem(s) Fixed: 1. PMR - 05766,YL2,760 Aenservice appeared after running UpdateXpress & DSA. 2. PMR - 05193,W01,000 7147 - Intermittent random PSOD in vmware. multiple
o Enhancement: None o Limitations: - FIFO test of NIC diagnostics is not supported on the Intel I350 Quad Port GbE. Powerville has shared FIFO and shared FIFO registers making a test impossible if four ports are running at once. - For more limitations please refer to readme. o Special usage: - 2012 ToolsCenter 12D
Version 9.29, Build ID DSYTAB6 o New System Support: Flex System x440 Compute Node (7917, 2584) o Problem(s) Fixed: None o Enhancement: None o Limitations: - DSA implemented signature in product build. Please update IMM to 1AOO34V or later before updating pDSA, or flash failure will occur; - The user can not flash Embedded Preboot on VMware ESX3.5 prior to U4. - When flashing DSA Preboot using wflash/lflash, if you notice a build mismatch error, please make sure IMM firmware level is minimum 29B. Once you upgrade the IMM firmware to 29B or higher, DSA Preboot will continue to flash without error; - For more limitations please refer to readme. o Special usage: - NGP-4Q(12B+ FixPack3)
Version 9.28, Build ID DSYTAA4 o New System Support: x3630 M4 (7519) x3550 M4 (7383) o Problem(s) Fixed: None o Enhancement: None o Limitations: - DSA implemented signature in product build. Please update IMM to 1AOO34V or later before updating pDSA, or flash failure will occur; - The user can not flash Embedded Preboot on VMware ESX3.5 prior to U4. - When flashing DSA Preboot using wflash/lflash, if you notice a build mismatch error, please make sure IMM firmware level is minimum 29B. Once you upgrade the IMM firmware to 29B or higher, DSA Preboot will continue to flash without error; - For more limitations please refer to readme. o Special usage: - IMMV2 system 2012 4Q-LFC
Version 9.27, Build ID DSYTA7F o New System Support: None o Problem(s) Fixed: None o Enhancement: None o Limitations: Refer to readme o Special usage: - IMMv1 system 2012 4Q-LFC
Version 9.26, Build ID DSYTA6G o New System Support: None o Problem(s) Fixed: None o Enhancement: DSA Performance Optimization o Limitations: Refer to readme o Special usage: - 2012 ToolsCenter 12C
Version 9.21, Build ID DSYTA1U o New System Support: None o Problem(s) Fixed: 1.Recovered LSI Rawdata: "MegaCli -FwTermLog -Dsply -aALL" o Enhancement: None o Limitations: Refer to readme o Special usage: - 2012 ToolsCenter 12B Plus
Version 9.20, Build ID DSYTA0R o New System Support: x3530 M4 (7160) x3630 M4 (7158) x3750 M4 (8722, 8733) HS23E (8038, 8039) Flex System x220 Compute Node (7906, 2585) o Problem(s) Fixed: 1. PMR 05819,YL2,760 An error occured during the execution of DSA on Windows, DSA exits with an error at the eventlog plugin. o Enhancement: 1. Add HW remote presence key collection for High volume systems. o Limitations: Refer to readme o Special usage: - 2012 ToolsCenter 12B
Version 9.07, Build ID DSYT9CA o New System Support: x3750 M4 (8722, 8733) o Problem(s) Fixed: None o Enhancement: None o Limitations: None o Special usage: None
Version 9.06, Build ID DSYT9BC o New System Support: Flex System x220 Compute Node (7906) o Problem(s) Fixed: None o Enhancement: None o Limitations: None o Special usage: None
Version 9.05, Build ID DSYT9AA o New System Support: x3630 M4 (7158) x3530 M4 (7160) x3100 M4 Refresh1 (2582) x3250 M4 Refresh1 (2583) o Problem(s) Fixed: None o Enhancement: None o Limitations: None o Special usage: None
Version 9.04, Build ID DSYT99E o New System Support: Flex System x240 Compute Node (8737, 8738, 7863) o Problem(s) Fixed: None o Enhancement: None o Limitations: None o Special usage: None
Version 9.03, Build ID DSYT98I o New System Support: HS23E (8038, 8039) o Problem(s) Fixed: None o Enhancement: None o Limitations: None o Special usage: None
Version 9.02, Build ID DSYT97C o New System Support: iDataPlex dx360 M4 server/2U chassis (7912/7913) o Problem(s) Fixed: None o Enhancement: None o Limitations: None o Special usage: None
Version 9.01, Build ID DSYT96D o New System Support: x3500 M4 (7383) x3550 M4 (7914) x3650 M4 (7915) o Problem(s) Fixed: o Enhancement: None o Limitations: None o Special usage: None
Version 9.00, Build ID DSYT95W o New System Support: BladeCenter HS23 (7875) BladeCenter HX5 (7873, 1910) Flex System x240 Compute Node (8737, 8738, 7863) Flex System Manager Node (8735) x3500 M4 (7383) x3550 M4 (7914) x3630 M4 (7158) x3650 M4 (7915) x3690 X5 (7192, 7147) x3850 X5 / x3950 X5 (7143, 7191) o Problem(s) Fixed: 1. PMR 24817,8QG,000, PMR 30680,499,000 After kicking off DSA on one of the management nodes (x3650 M2) of SONAS 1.2(RHEL5 based), the node became unresponsive and dropped out of the cluster.
2. PMR 53575,000,834, PMR 05961,YL4,760 After running DSA, when using linux dump command on a DDS5 usb internal tape drive attached in x3650M2 backup speed becomes very slowly or failed.
3. PMR 26905,095,866 Running DSA 4.0 as well as DSA 3.4 on x3850 X5 the server is freezing, users have to reboot the server.
4. DSA 4.00 and previous version segmentation fault issue
6. PMR 15086,OTH,760 DSA 9.00 with --no-imm-lan option does not work correctly on RHEL5.3. The USB port state is changed during the execution of DSA.
o Enhancement: 1. Add GUI and CLI menu for Features on Demand (FoD) Activation Key Management o Limitations: Refer to readme. o Special usage: None
Version 4.02, Build ID DSYT92I o New System Support: iDataPlex Direct Water Cooled dx360 M4 server o Problem(s) Fixed: None o Enhancement: None o Limitations: Refer to readme. o Special usage: None
Version 4.01, Build ID DSYT92H o New System Support: None o Problem(s) Fixed: None o Enhancement: None o Limitations: Refer to readme. o Special usage: - 2011 4Q lifecycle
Version 4.00, Build ID DSYT91S o New System Support: None o New server options support: None o Problem(s) Fixed: 1. PMR 15065,OTR,760 On Unisys ES7000 or x3850 X5, the Memory Card number with failed DIMM can not be reported in IPMI Eventlog if the Memory Card is bigger than 4.
o Enhancement: 1. Added > 1TB memory test support o Limitations: Refer to readme. o Special usage: - 2011 ToolsCenter 11D
Version 3.48, Build ID DSYT89PUS o New System Support: None o Problem(s) Fixed: None o Enhancement: None o Limitations: Refer to readme. o Special usage: - 2011 3Q lifecycle
Version 3.47, Build ID DSYT89LUS o New System Support: x3100 M4 (2582) x3250 M4 (2583) o Problem(s) Fixed: None o Enhancement: None o Limitations: Refer to readme. o Special usage: None
Version 3.46, Build ID DSYT89GUS o New System Support: System x iDataPlex dx360 M3 (6391) o Problem(s) Fixed: None o Enhancement: None o Limitations: Refer to readme. o Special usage: None
Version 3.45, Build ID DSYT89EUS o New System Support: None o Problem(s) Fixed: None o Enhancement: None o Limitations: Refer to readme. o Special usage: - x3850 X5 / x3950 X5 (7143, 7191) EXA scaling
Version 3.43, Build ID DSYT87HUS o New System Support: BladeCenter HX5 (7873,1910) o Problem(s) Fixed: None o Enhancement: None o Limitations: Refer to readme. o Special usage: None
Version 3.43, Build ID DSYT87FUS o New System Support: x3850 X5 / x3950 X5 (7143, 7191) x3690 X5 (7192, 7147) o Problem(s) Fixed: o Enhancement: None o Limitations: Refer to readme. o Special usage: None
Version 3.40, Build ID DSYT85T o New System Support: BladeCenter HS22 (1911) x3650 M3 (5454) o Problem(s) Fixed: None o Enhancement: None o Limitations: Refer to readme. o Special usage: None
Version 3.30, Build ID DSYT80S o New System Support: None o Problem(s) Fixed: None o Enhancement: 1. Correct a problem with LSI MegaRAID reporting for IBM Service o Limitations: Refer to readme. o Special usage: None
Version 3.20, Build ID DSYT75X o New System Support: x3630 M3 (7377) x3690 X5 (7148, 7149) o Problem(s) Fixed: None o Enhancement: 1. Add LSI Hard Disk Drive (HDD) diagnostic back for both the onboard SAS chip and ServeRAID o Limitations: - If you have ServeRAID (M1015) SAS/SATA Controller, 46M0831 installed, you will need one of the following: - uEFI GYE133A or greater for x3200 M3 and x3250 M3 - uEFI Y4E145B or greater for x3400 M2, x3400 M3, x3500 M2 and x3500 M3 - uEFI D6E145C or greater for x3550 M2, x3550 M3, x3650 M2 and x3650 M3 - For more limitations please refer to readme o Special usage: None
Verion 3.20, Build ID DSYT75U o New System Support: x3755 M3 (7164) o Problem(s) Fixed: None o Enhancement: None o Limitations: None o Special usage: None
Verion 3.10, Build ID DSYT70X o New System Support: x3400 M3(7378, 7379) x3500 M3(7380) x3550 M3 (7944, 4254) x3620 M3 (7376) x3650 M3 (7945, 4255) x3690 X5 (7148, 7149) x3850 X5 Standard Single-node and Multi-node models(7145, 7146) x3950 X5 Specially configured Database Engine models (7145, 7146) iDataplex dx360 M3 (6391) HS22V (7871,1949) HX5 (7872, 1909) o Problem(s) Fixed: None o Enhancement: 1. Added ServeRAID data collection o Limitations: - The following function has been temporarily removed from DSA Preboot for both the onboard SAS chip and ServeRAID: - LSI Hard Disk Drive (HDD) diagnostic - If you have ServeRAID (M1015) SAS/SATA Controller, 46M0831 installed, you will need one of the following: - uEFI GYE133A or greater for x3200 M3 and x3250 M3 - uEFI Y4E145B or greater for x3400 M2, x3400 M3, x3500 M2 and x3500 M3 - uEFI D6E145C or greater for x3550 M2, x3550 M3, x3650 M2 and x3650 M3 - For more limitations please refer to readme o Special usage: None
Version 3.02.56, Build ID DSYT56e o New System Support: None o Problem(s) Fixed: None o Enhancement: - The following systems are supported when BoMC downloads the corresponding system enablement pack: HS22V (7871,1949) x3550 M3 (7944,4254) x3650 M3 (7945,4255) x3400 M3 (7378,7379) x3500 M3 (7839) dx360 M3 (6391) o Limitations: - No HDD diagnostics available - To ensure quality and stability of the DSA code, we have reverted some display functionality of RAID information to what was shown in previous versions of DSA. This affects RAID display on the following adapters: Megaraid 8480 Serveraid MR10i Serveraid MR10is Serveraid MR10m Serveraid MR10k Serveraid M1015 Serveraid M5014 Serveraid M5015 On these adapters, the RAID information is generated from the output of separate command line tools and the format may not match other output in DSA. - For more limitations please refer to readme o Special usage: None
Version 3.00, Build ID: DSYT55a o New System Support: None o Problem(s) Fixed: None o Enhancement: - Added support for Machine Types 7327, 7328, 4251, 4252, 4261 o Limitations: - No HDD diagnostics available - For more limitations please refer to readme o Special usage: None
Version 1.16, Y4YT19AUS o New System Support: None o Problem(s) Fixed: None o Enhancement: - Added support for Machine Types 7839, 7836, 7837 o Limitations: None o Special usage: None
Version 1.15, TMYT20AUS o New System Support: None o Problem(s) Fixed: None o Enhancement: - Added support for Machine Types 7321, 6380, 7323 o Limitations: None o Special usage: None
Version 1.14, D6YT37AUS o New System Support: None o Problem(s) Fixed: None o Enhancement: - Added support for Machine Types 7946, 4198, 7947, 4199 o Limitations: None o Special usage: None
Version 1.13, P9YT48AUS o New System Support: None o Problem(s) Fixed: None o Enhancement: - Added support for Machine Types 7870, 1936, 7809 o Limitations: None o Special usage: None
Version 1.00 - Initial release
(C) Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 2008 - 2012. All rights reserved. ibm_fw_dsa_dsytc8f-9_45_anyos_anycpu_chg
Change History
Drivers Software Release for eServer System x Intel-based Fast Gigabit and 10 Gigabit Ethernet products
Version v18.3
Change History and Driver Versions Details ==========================================
Drivers Family Driver Name 18.3 Previous 18.0 Comments ============== =========== ====== ============== ========
This v18.3 sw release replaces all previous sw releases for IBM eServer System x Intel-based Gigabit and 10 Gigabit Ethernet Adapters.
The key updates with this v18.3 software release include: =========================================================
1) - Support for the Intel(R) Ethernet Connection I217-LM 2) - Support for the Intel(R) Ethernet Connection I217-V 3) - Enhanced Teaming (ANS) software for enhancing virtual functions support. 4) - Enhanced Windows drivers software for more robust Windows driver update capabilities and options.
intc_dd_nic_18_3_windows_32-64_chg
ServeRAID M5100 Series SAS/SATA Controller Firmware Update for Windows
Adapters Supported: ServeRAID M5110 SAS/SATA Controller for IBM System x (81Y4481) ServeRAID M5110e SAS/SATA Controller for IBM System x ServeRAID M5120 SAS/SATA Controller for IBM System x (81Y4478)
Version 23.16.0-0027 - Critical ------------------- Fix(es): - Addressed data exposure issue when using CacheCade - Fixed issue where Supercap shows 0 Capacitance - Fixed iBBU09 battery issue that caused a VD cache policy to remain in write-through mode after a manual relearn - Fixed iBBU09 battery issue that caused a VD cache policy to periodically toggle between write-back/write-through mode - The limits for iBBU09 battery charging were not updating properly in a learn cycle - Ensures a single supercap pack is not supported on 2GB memory module. - Resolves a firmware crash seen while doing continuous sas cable pulls. - Ensures OpROM loads even if segment address is 0xC0000. - Fixed an issue where the adapter is running iMR machine checking after requesting host memory. - Fixed an issue where HII does not allow the user to make use of the remaining free capacity to configure additional VD for R50/R10. - Fixed an issue where an HII: empty warning prompt is given when creating a CacheCade VD with forced writeback option. - Fixed and issue where Windows cannot install without a VGA device on board. - Fixed and issue in EFI WebBIOS were consistency check is still shown in progress after 1 PD is removed from a R1 array.
Version 23.16.0-0018 - Suggested ------------------- Fix(es): - Fixed an issue where the adapter is running iMR machine checking after requesting host memory. - Fixed an issue where HII does not allow the user to make use of the remaining free capacity to configure additional VD for R50/R10. - Fixed an issue where an HII: empty warning prompt is given when creating a CacheCade VD with forced writeback option. - Fixed and issue where Windows cannot install without a VGA device on board. - Fixed and issue in EFI WebBIOS were consistency check is still shown in progress after 1 PD is removed from a R1 array.
Version 23.12.0-0016 - Suggested ------------------- Fix(es): - Added isync to prevent speculative execution while memory is being allocated. - Delayed enablement of POM until AFTER valid memory range is provided by host system.
Version 23.12.0-0011 - Suggested ------------------- Enhancement(s): - Implemented Limited Band Charging for iBBU09 (RETAIN tip H21631) - Changed BIOS check to determine if running in HAMR, in order to ensure nothing gets broken when user has an iButton which is not programmed. - Changed controller status for safe mode to show controller status as safe mode and disable debug message logging in serial port.
Fix(es): - Fixed an issue where HII hangs when trying to enter configuration management while in safe mode. Changed the safe mode warning message as below: "Controller is running in safe mode. Safe mode is used for diagnostic purposes only. Limited operations such as Configuration Preview, Clear Configuration and View/Change Controller Properties are allowed in this mode. Other operations such as Create Configuration, Import and Clear Foreign Configurations are not allowed. To exit safe mode, correct the fault, and reboot your computer." - Fixed an issue where having more than three adapters results in a calculation error for the offset to store physical disk info for fourth adapter, due to BIOS not clearing upper byte of AX (that is AH which is containing some non zero value). - Fixed an issue where the Wrong spanned drive group size is displayed by WebBIOS (Ctrl-H).
Version 23.7.1-0010 - Suggested ------------------- Fixes: - Fix an issue related to the where the TSOC (EEPROM) is not able to read or write from the firmware which will result in the message "Incompatible secondary iButton present." - Fix a HII broswer issue where Cachecade virtual drive can be selected as a boot device. - Fix a HII broswer issue where the user is unable to clear the controller configuration when there are no drives attached. - Fix an issue where the BIOS doesn't display the RAID level and VD size correctly at BIOS POST.
Version 23.7.1-0009 - Suggested ------------------- Fixes: - Fixed an issue where SoH is bad after a learn cycle but iBBUI shows good status. - Fixed an issue where hi-temp warning was not being displayed.
Version 23.7.0-0037 - Suggested ------------------- Fixes: - Corrected differential signals for Phys 2 and 3 that caused slot numbers in simple swap configurations to be incorrect. - Fixed an issue when 'maintain PD failed history' is enabled, and a cable is removed while a drive is added, the drives state goes to optimal instead of foreign unconfigured bad. - Fixed a problem where a capacity change is reported after a rebuild completes on a Cache Cade volume. - Fixed a controller firmware hang when the recovery of a medium error takes to long. - Fixed an issue where the SATA BBM (Bad Block Manager) list was being corrupted. - Fixed an issue where FoD (Feature on Demand) Options were being lost because of errors while accessing the TSOC. - Fixed a problem where the controller firmware would crash and drives would go offline when a bad block entry was created during a check consistency operation. - Fixed a problem where drives were being marked unconfigured bad (foreign) on reboot. - Fixed problem where a member of a CacheCade volume did not get marked as foreign when the drive was pulled with 'maintain PD failed history' enabled. - Fixed a problem where during a rebuild, a former hot spare that was now in a state of unconfigured good, moved back to the state hot spare, which then automatically started a copyback operation, causing the rebuild to restart. - Fixed a problem where a controller fault occurred during a reboot while a physical device was in progress of a PD Erase.
Version 23.7.0-0029 - Suggested ------------------- Enhancements: - Added support for Cache Cade 2.1 - Added Support for PI Drives
Fixes: - Fixed an issue where the firmware reports device initialization completion status to be greater than 100% at startup. - Fix an issue where when a secure foreign drive was present, VD creation fails because firmware becomes unresponsive - Added a check for the presence of PD before writing the data arms of a protected LD during BGI. - Fixed Firmware asserts in CacheMemAllocForPrebootApps() when memory was allocated twice by BIOS. - Fixed an issue with USB Cacheoffload restore fails after multiple power cycles onServeRAID M51xx controllers. - Fixed an issue where querying SMART / PFA Status returns "all zeros" in Sense Data. - Fixed an issue where the import of a config from MR to iMR resulted in a firmware crash. - Fixed an issue where iMR firmware crashed while creating 8/16/32 KB stripe size Lds. - Fixed background initialization watermark conversion to PD LBA. - Fixed write protected R1E data arms during initialization. - Fixed an issue where MR firmware crashed while discarding pinned cache. - Fixed an issue where a dirty LD dependency information of SSD pd has stale entries. - Corrected an issue during system booting from pinned cache, firmware goes to loop message BootMsgDcmd - Fixed an issue where a BGI was aborted and restarted, elapsed time was not reset. - Fixed an issue where the start ref for a shared cache line was not an indicator of the offset into the stripe. - Fixed an issue where the firmware hangs while running CC on a rebuilt R1 VD with SBBM. - Fixed an issue where the firmware was wrongly adding puncture entries. - Fixed an issue where rebuild was ran twice on a target drive with 100% full SBBM table. - Fixed an issue where the firmware was generating powersave change event when DS3 was not enabled, due to this application are not parsing the event. - Fixed an issue where recon from R0 to R1 using 3 TB drive causes firmware to report excessive unexpected sense events. - Fixed an issue, in which the bbuMode would revert to the factory default value of 5, when automatic learn cycle was enabled. - Fixed an issue where cache offload firmware reports unnecessary High Temp Event due to incorrect temp value. - Fixed an issue in which a Patrol Read may not start under certain conditions. - Fixed an issue where the firmware hits montask after discarding the cache when a snapshot VD was involved. - Fixed an issue where the firmware hangs during pin cache destage as dirty lines in that map never become zero. - Fixed an issue where CC fails to correct media error at 2TB location on 2 3TB SATA drives that support WU. - Fixed an issue where a new XML file was added to the nvdata, the buffer to hold the uncompressed nvdata overflowed. - Fixed an issue where an imported drive becomes unconfigured good when secure VD erase was running. - Fixed an issue where CC stops progressing on a R6 VD with media errors. - Fixed an issue where 3TB Hitachi HDD failed in immunity test (Electrostatic Noise test). - Fixed an issue where controller features are lost if RAID Key was not detected. - Fixed an issue where performance degraded in RAID 5 Sequential Writes due to command Out-of Ordering. - Fixed an issue where "Native configuration is no longer supported" message in post. - Fixed an issue where (DDR3) Initialization fails with fault 0x91a1 - initial DFIRL selected too low. - Fixed an issue where subsequent drives are dropped when all drives in the stagger spin up drives fails on boot sequence.
Version 23.2.1-0043 - Suggested ------------------- Fixes: - Fixed an issue where "Potential non-optimal configuration due to drive PD commissioned as emergency spare" alarm would trigger erroneously. - Fixed an issue where Copyback does not progress upon inserting drives. - Fixed an issue When allowMixInLD is Disabled, and causes Copyback Fails after Rebuild to Emergency Hot Spare. - Fixed an issue where the Firmware faults while flashing. - Fixed an issure where querying SMART / PFA Status to Return all zeros in Sense Data. - Fixed an issue where the Re-inserted Drives becomes Unconfigured_good causing auto rebuilds to fail to start.
Version 23.2.1-0033 ------------------- - Initial release ibm_fw_sraidmr_5100-23_16_0-0027_windows_32-64_chg
Qlogci iSCSI Adapter STOR Miniport Driver for Windows Release Notes October 09, 2013
This software license applies only to QLogic customers. QLogic Corporation. All rights reserved.
Table of Contents
1. Version 2. Changes 3. Bug Fixes 4. Known Issues 5. History 6. Additional Information 7. Embedded Firmware Details 8. Trademarks 9. Notices 10. Contacting Support
1. Version
These release notes describe the changes, fixes, known issues, and release details that apply to iSCSI driver, version 2.1.5.38.
NOTE: Before installing this driver, you must update the Microsoft STOR miniport driver.
The FC is supported with Microsoft Windows Server 2008, Windows 2008 R2, Windows 2012 and Windows 2012 R2.
2. Changes
N/A
3. Bug Fixes
N/A
4. Known Issues
N/A
5. History
N/A
6. Additional Information
None
7. Embedded Firmware Details
This section provides information for the firmware embedded in the driver:
* Not available
8. Trademarks
QLogic, the QLogic logo, QLA, SANbox, SANsurfer, and SANblade are registered trademarks of QLogic Corporation.
SANtrack and SAN Express are trademarks of QLogic Corporation.
All other brand and product names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.
9. Notices
Information furnished in this document is believed to be accurate and reliable. However, QLogic Corporation assumes no responsibility for its use, nor for any infringements of patents or other rights of third parties which may result from its use. QLogic Corporation reserves the right to change product specifications at any time without notice. Applications described in this document for any of these products are only for illustrative purposes. QLogic Corporation makes no representation nor warranty that such applications are suitable for the specified use without further testing or modification. QLogic Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document.
10. Contacting Support
Please feel free to contact your QLogic approved reseller or QLogic Technical Support at any phase of integration for assistance. QLogic Technical Support can be reached by the following methods:
North America Contact Information
Email: support@qlogic.com
Phone: (952) 932-4040
Web: http://support.qlogic.com
Support contact information for other regions of the world is available at the QLogic website: http://support.qlogic.com
(c) Copyright 2009. All rights reserved worldwide. QLogic, the QLogic logo, and the Powered by QLogic logo are registered trademarks of QLogic Corporation. All other brand and product names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners. qlgc_dd_iscsi_2_1_5_38_windows_32-64_chg
=============================================================================== Emulex NIC Device Driver for Windows 2012R2 ===============================================================================
Driver version: 10.0.430.1003 (supported on IBM BladeCenter)
Fibre Channel Adapter STOR Miniport Driver for Windows Release Notes October 09, 2013
QLogic Driver Release Notes
QLogic Corporation All rights reserved
Version 9.1.11.24
Table of Contents
1. Change History 2. Known Issues 3. Notices 4. Contacting Support
1. Change History
The following changes have been made to the Fibre Channel Adapter STOR miniport driver for version 9.1.11.24.
* Firmware version: 5.09.00 (2400/2500 Series 4Gb and 8Gb Fibre Channel Adapters) * API version 1.28.0.105 (QLSDM) * Fix MailboxPassthru by removing restriction on writing mbx8 register [ER104361] * Added support for Skip 4G FC [ER104575] * Allow application modify "Execution Throttle" field in nvram for 2600 series adapters [ER103297] * Add Service Pack number to OSName [ER104204] * Added api to read 2600 series adapters ASIC temperature [ER102430] * Added mailbox passthru api [ER102988] * Added reading ASIC temperature for Ninja and Sensei [ER103001] * Removed Advanced tab from Device Manager properties * Added support support for full 64 bit physical addressing [ER101742] * Added support for QLE10000 series adapters
Version 9.1.10.28
* Firmware version: 5.07.02 (2400/2500 Series 4Gb and 8Gb Fibre Channel Adapters) * API version 1.28.0.101 (QLSDM) * Removed support for 2Gb speed in port supported speed for 16Gb FC in 2600 series adapters [ER100053] * Added get/set I2V registers and get/set serdes registers - OEM Adapter [ER99727] * Added support to address OEM adapter Re-design I2C access issue [ER99562] * Added adapter disable state check on timer routine re-init state handling [ER96662] * External loopback support OEM adapter when in loop mode [ER98834] * Fixed skipping OEM adapter vpd update [ER100458] * Fixed Ext Loopback test fails with Loopback connector (8Gb loop mode) [ER99702] * Fixed crash in fwdump routine [ER101039] * Limit support to node-interleaving configurations
Version 9.1.10.27
* Fixed event Viewer Error 154 (Disk I/O error) occurs when running Diskercise on FC LUN [ER97809]
Version 9.1.10.26 * API version 1.28.0.97 (QLSDM) * Added series adapters temperature handling [ER94159] * Removed driver family version support [ER95755] * Removed flash FLT error logging for 24xx/25xx [ER96144] * Returned NOT_SUPPORTED for SDForceFcMctpDump in api [ER96352] * Fixed memory access error [part of ER96188] * Fixed extra 4K in variable transfer sizes (64K, 128K) [ER94081] * Added support to relogin if the device logs out [ER93867] * Removed event logging for fw dump event [ER98897]
Version 9.1.10.25
* Added Windows Server 2012 support [ER92249] * Not to update i2c vpd if Sensei in api [ER93800] * Fixed Flash Layout Table memory usage [ER93668] * API version 1.28.0.96 (QLSDM) * Code cleanup [ER92250] * Added support for Set Driver version for OCBB and family driver version [ER92243] * Issue with LB connector attached after it was in point-to-point mode, driver was still issuing echo instead of loopback command [ER93050] * Fixed Adapter Port type in P2P mode [ER92357] * Process completed PRLI [ER89053] * Fixed multiple request single response queue initialization issue [ER95259]
Version 9.1.9.48
* Firmware version: 5.06.05 (2400/2500 Series 4Gb and 8Gb Fibre Channel Adapters)
Version 9.1.9.47
* Firmware version: 5.06.04 (2400/2500 Series 4Gb and 8Gb Fibre Channel Adapters)
Version 9.1.9.46
* Firmware version: 5.06.03 (2400/2500 Series 4Gb and 8Gb Fibre Channel Adapters) * API version 1.28.0.92 (QLSDM) * LUN disappearance after tape reboot [ER84117] * Failed to reissue some i/o's after controller failover (8Gb) [ER86660]
Version 9.1.9.29
* Firmware version: 5.06.02 (2400/2500 Series 4Gb and 8Gb Fibre Channel Adapters)
Version 9.1.9.28
* Firmware version: 5.05.05 (2400/2500 Series 4Gb and 8Gb Fibre Channel Adapters) * API version 1.28.0.87 (QLSDM)
Version 9.1.9.27
* Updated firmware version: 5.04.04 (2400/2500 Series 4Gb and 8Gb Fibre Channel Adapters) * API version 1.28.0.85 (QLSDM) * Fixed an issue where drives were not detected in direct connect topology [ER81138]
Version 9.1.9.25
* No fixes in this driver release.
Version 9.1.8.25
* Closed WMI mapping interoperability with HBAAPI.DLL issue.
Version 9.1.8.19
* Driver restores 4G Fibre Channel PCIe Device Control and Link Control registers based on saved value. * In multi-processor systems, the clustering driver timer popped as a result of unrecovered I/O through a LUN reset. [ER0000000067688 closed]
Version 9.1.8.17
* Firmware versions: 5.01.02 (4Gb and 8Gb) * API version 1.28.0.73 (QLSDM) * Driver restores 4G Fibre Channel PCIe Device Control and Link Control registers based on saved value.
Version 9.1.7.18
* Firmware versions: 3.03.25 (2Gb), 4.04.00 (4Gb and 8Gb). * API version 1.28.0.63 (QLSDM).
Version 9.1.7.17
* Added support for the following devices (supported platforms) (2.3m): - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_8432&SUBSYS_010E1077 (x86, x64) - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_2432&SUBSYS_014B1077 (x86, x64) - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_2532&SUBSYS_01701077 (x86, ia64, x64) - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_2532&SUBSYS_01711077 (x86, ia64, x64) - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_2532&SUBSYS_01721077 (x86, ia64, x64) - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_2532&SUBSYS_01731077 (x86, ia64, x64) - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_2532&SUBSYS_01741077 (x86, ia64, x64) - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_2532&SUBSYS_01751077 (x86, ia64, x64) - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_2432&SUBSYS_004A1137 (x86, ia64, x64) * Removed support for the following devices (supported platforms): - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_2432&SUBSYS_011C1077 (x86, x64) NOTE: Microsoft requires x86 and x64 support for all Fibre Channel Adapters. * Firmware versions: 3.03.25 (2Gb), 4.03.02 (4Gb). * API version 1.28.0.63 (QLSDM). * Added support for 64-bit QLSDM DLLs. * Enabled FDMI by default. * Added support for Atmel flash AT26DF081A. * Removed support for obsolete qd parameter. * Changed the driver to not log events caused by I/O completion errors.
Version 9.1.7.16 QL
* Added support for the Windows Server 2008 operating system. * Applied a fix to handle logout in the loop environment.
Version 9.1.7.15 QL
* Added support for the following devices (supported platforms): - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_2432&SUBSYS_01081077 (x86, IA64, x64) - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_2532&SUBSYS_015C1077 (x86, IA64, x64) - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_2532&SUBSYS_015D1077 (x86, IA64, x64) - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_2532&SUBSYS_015E1077 (x86, IA64, x64) - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_2532&SUBSYS_015F1077 (x86, IA64, x64) - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_2532&SUBSYS_01601077 (x86, IA64, x64) - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_2532&SUBSYS_01611077 (x86, IA64, x64) - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_2532&SUBSYS_01621077 (x86, IA64, x64) - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_2532&SUBSYS_01631077 (x86, IA64, x64) - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_2532&SUBSYS_01641077 (x86, IA64, x64) - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_2532&SUBSYS_3261103C (x86, IA64, x64) - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_2532&SUBSYS_3262103C (x86, IA64, x64) - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_2532&SUBSYS_3263103C (x86, IA64, x64) - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_2532&SUBSYS_3264103C (x86, IA64, x64) NOTE: Microsoft requires x86 and x64 support for all Fibre Channel Adapters. * Firmware versions: 3.03.25 (2Gb), 4.02.00 (4Gb). * API version: 1.28.0.50 (QLSDM). * Unique assignment of management server N_Port handle values to be for each virtual port. * NPIV (N_Port ID virtualization). * Target link speed (iiDMA). * PcieLinkCap/Stat to HbaDeviceChipProperty. * Flash layout regions for 4Gb and returned flash layout table from flash if it is valid. * Three Alternate Boot Devices and OOFR (out-of-order frame receive). * Removed QL2XHAI2: IHVs are required to use Host Bus Adapter API provided by Microsoft. * Preserved BIOS defaults when updating multi-boot image whose BIOS locations can be anywhere in the image. * Fixed checksum calculation in QLSDM when two-bios image is flashed. * Initiator discovery problem caused a large burst of RSCN activity when the NetApp does its failover. A failed GPNID command occurring during ports discovery must not cause the termination of the discovery process. [ER50975 fixed] * Handled the case where the GNNFT command was failing due to incorrectly calculated the maximum data response length. * Setting the alternate WWN and enabling it in the NVRAM did not propagate through to the Host Bus Adapter. Reading the NVRAM and reinitializing the Host Bus Adapter will handle this case.
Version 9.1.4.16 QL 3.03.21 4.00.26
* Adhered to Subsystem Id document v2.2m+. * Firmware versions: 3.03.21 (2Gb), 4.00.26 (4Gb). * API versions: 1.28.0.37 (QLSDM), 2.0.0.14 (QL2XHAI2). * Initiator discovery problem caused a large burst of RSCN activity when the NetApp does its failover. A failed GPNID command occurring during ports discovery must not cause the termination of the discovery process. [ER50975]
Version 9.1.4.15 QL 3.03.21 4.00.26
* Firmware versions: 3.03.21 (2Gb), 4.00.26 (4Gb). * API versions: 1.28.0.37 (QLSDM), 2.0.0.14 (QL2XHAI2). * Adhered to Subsystem Id document v2.2m+. NOTE: Microsoft requires both x86 and x64 support all Host Bus Adapters. * Added support for the following devices (supported platforms): - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_2322&SUBSYS_01151077 (x86, IA64, x64) - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_2322&SUBSYS_01161077 (x86, IA64, x64) - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_2422&SUBSYS_1336103C (x86, IA64, x64) - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_2432&SUBSYS_015B1077 (x86, IA64, x64) - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_5432&SUBSYS_01551077 (x86, x64) - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_5432&SUBSYS_01561077 (x86, x64) - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_2422&SUBSYS_014A1077 (IA64) - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_2432&SUBSYS_014B1077 (IA64) * Removed support for the following devices: - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_6312&SUBSYS_01301077 (x86, x64) - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_2422&SUBSYS_01471077 (IA64) - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_2432&SUBSYS_01451077 (IA64) * Conformed QLSDM and the driver to the revised for "Get/Set Target Link Speed". * Increased loopback test buffer size to 2048 bytes in QLSDM. * Loopback test always failed when the NVRAM frame size is set to 512 or 1024 (Windows). Pass in transfer size instead of hard-coded value in QLSDM. [ER50975 fixed] * Handled the case where the device becomes not ready in the StartIO routine. * Fixed in SANsurfer 5.0.0 Build 4 – Driver 9.1.3.10b2—Windows IA64 SP1—HP. The Host Bus Adapter model numbers do not show up on Information page. [ER48374] * Fixed Long Erase (0x019) issues with DLT S4 and QLE2462. Error occurs (most likely a bus reset) when running a long erase that takes longer than 110 minutes on the Quantum DLT-S4 (firmware:0808) drive, which exceeds the built in 4Gb firmware timeout limit. [ER48117 (AR 48907, SR70415 [REF:609618455])]
Version 9.1.3.16 QL 3.03.21 4.00.23
* This version replaced the invalid release 9.1.3.15. * Firmware versions: 3.03.21 (2Gb), 4.00.23 (4Gb). * API versions: 1.28.0.35 (QLSDM), 2.0.0.14 (QL2XHAI2). * Removed I/O Reduction support for the 4G Host Bus Adapter.
Version 9.1.3.15 QL 3.03.21 4.00.23
* Firmware versions: 3.03.21 (2Gb), 4.00.23 (4Gb). * API versions: 1.28.0.35 (QLSDM), 2.0.0.14 (QL2XHAI2). * Added OEM specific support for assigning a virtual world wide port name via registry key. * Added "Get/Set" target link speed support. * Changed the INF to enable the I/O Reduction for the 4Gb Host Bus Adapter for the IA64 platform based on Microsoft document. * Added multiple BIOS support in QLSDM. * Initialized debug file name variable during DLL load (QL2XHAI2). * Closed EMC OPT23605: x64 Server hangs during boot at the “Applying Computer Settings.” * Cleaned up code related to get Object text for OS Device Name (QL2XHAI2). * Attached target devices not visible to OS after server reboot (QLE220) [ER47338 closed]. * Driver not Login into Target Devices (QLE220) [ER47436 closed] * Topology diagram is not displaying properly when LIP issued on QLA2462 port. [ER47530 closed]
Version 9.1.2.19 QL 3.03.19 4.00.23
* Firmware versions: 3.03.19 (2Gb), 4.00.23 (4Gb). * Bus Resets Under Heavy I/O Load. [ER46891 closed] * API Versions: 1.28.0.33 (QLSDM), 2.0.0.12 (QL2XHAI2). * SANsurfer FC HBA Manager B83 showed only one port see the storage even though no zoning. [ER47166 closed] * Port failure after disconnecting and reconnecting ISL port used by MirrorView. [Closed OPT 235681] * SANsurfer FC HBA Manager does not display the topology view correctly when the Host Bus Adapters are set to loop only until the system is rebooted. [ER47235 closed]
Version 9.1.2.18 QL 3.03.19 4.00.22
* Firmware versions: 3.03.19 (2Gb), 4.00.22 (4Gb). * API Versions: 1.28.0.33 (QLSDM), 2.0.0.12 (QL2XHAI2). * Added VPD update support for 2432 4-port adapter in 1.28.0.33 (QLSDM). * Recognized Asynchronous Event 8048h as a valid AEN. * Modified timer task to handle the case when Host Bus Adapter is in a stopped state. * 24xx only: Added support for NVRAM Nodename option bit. * 4Gb only: Added support for reading data from SFP (small form-factor pluggable) optical transceivers via QLSDM. * Adhered to Subsystem Id document v2.2g. * Added support for the following devices (supported platforms): - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_2422&SUBSYS_014D1077 (x86, IA64, x64) - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_2432&SUBSYS_014C1077 (x86, IA64, x64) - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_2432&SUBSYS_01521077 (x86, IA64, x64) - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_2432&SUBSYS_01531077 (x86, IA64, x64) - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_2432&SUBSYS_01541077 (x86, IA64, x64) - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_5432&SUBSYS_014E1077 (x86, x64) * Adhered to firmware dump procedure per 2400 Series Firmware Interface Specification version C. * RX2600 fails to boot Windows after 1MB bin flash—SANsurfer 2.0.30b84_windows. [ER47113 closed] * Fixed: LUNs disappeared after DS4000 controller firmware download in direct attach. * "Bind By Port ID + Present Targets that are persistently bound only" is not working (in loop environment). [ER46586 closed] * Changed to perform the full firmware dump when firmware error occurs. * JBOD disks turn offline in SANsurfer FC HBA Manager and SANsurfer FC HBA CLI when settings are Present targets that are persistently bound + Bind by Port ID (in loop environment). [ER46141 closed] * Corrected firmware region size in option ROM layout, that is, firmware size in flash. * GPN_ID has wrong payload length after unplug and re-plug. [ER45035 closed] * When using the QLSDM to retrieve the transceiver data, you may get SDMGT_CANNOT_GET_SFP_DATA error on system platforms using specific models of Supermicro motherboard such as P3TDL3 and P3TDLE. The QLSDM retrieves the transceiver data using underlying 4Gb firmware (v4.00.21) that reports an error code of 4005 for this operation. * Verified support for Atmel flash chip AT26DF081A.
Version 9.1.2.16 QL 3.03.19 4.00.18
* Firmware versions: 3.03.19 (2Gb), 4.00.18 (4Gb). * Adhered to Subsystem Id document v2.2f. * Added support for the following devices (supported platforms): - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_6312&SUBSYS_01191077 (x86, x64) - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_6312&SUBSYS_011C1077 (x86, x64) - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_6312&SUBSYS_01301077 (x86, x64) - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_6322&SUBSYS_012F1077 (x86, x64) * Set additional firmware option bit 10 for 2Gb Host Bus Adapter so the firmware waits for the task management command, (such as reset LUN to complete.) * Host Bus Adapter does not re-login to target after target sends LOGO to Host Bus Adapter. [Closed OPT226506] * The link status behaves differently between QLE2460 and QLA2342. [ER44735 closed] * Incorrect HwVersion string is reported by QLogic IHV HBA_GetAdapterAttributes call. [ER45228 closed] * Event Id 11 entries logged by ql2300 at offset x10 and offset x34 do not match the Error Codes published on the Web. Because the miniport uses Microsoft's Storport.sys driver to actually log the error event, and it has been confirmed that the storport.sys driver logs the event incorrectly. A bug has been reported to Microsoft on this: SRX041110604850 (STORport—Incorrect event data is logged when storport's storportlogerror). Meanwhile, the Miniport driver is changed to log the event code at offset x10 by default. This workaround is controlled by the registry parameter mevtwrkaround. For details on this parameter, please see the readme file. [ER45230 closed] * Use memory map mechanism in the driver. [ER45232 closed]
Version 9.1.2.15 QL 3.03.19 4.00.17
* Firmware versions: 3.03.19 (2Gb), 4.00.17 (4Gb). * Adhered to Subsystem Id document v2.2e. * Added support for the following devices (supported platforms): - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_5432&SUBSYS_013E1077 (x86, IA64, x64) - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_5432&SUBSYS_013F1077 (x86, IA64, x64) - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_2422&SUBSYS_014A1077 (x86, IA64, x64) - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_2432&SUBSYS_014B1077 (x86, IA64, x64) * Added support to use combined 2Gb IPX firmware. * Added support for SST25VF080B flash part. * Added option for not to dump code section for 24xx firmware dump. * Serial number for the 4Gb Host Bus Adapter should be obtained from the VPD. [ER44270 closed] * Windows 2000/qla2340/Veritas tape backup long cable pull failed error message ERROR_DEVICE_NOT_CONNECTED. [ER38787 closed]
Version 9.1.1.15 QL 3.03.18 4.00.12
* Firmware versions: 3.03.18 (2Gb), 4.00.12 (4Gb). * QLogic 4Gb driver returns selection timeout immediately after cable pull in an OEM special dual loop configuration. [Closed PTR 90818] * QLogic Driver returns a selection timeout when rebooting a controller in an OEM special dual loop configuration. [Closed PTR 90652]
Version 9.1.0.18 QL 3.03.18 4.00.12
* Firmware versions: 3.03.18 (2Gb), 4.00.12 (4Gb). * Adhered to Subsystem Id document v2.2d. * Added support for the following devices (supported platforms): - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_2422&SUBSYS_12D7103C (x86, IA64, x64) - PCI\VEN_1077&DEV_2312&SUBSYS_01491077 (x86, IA64, x64)
* Firmware versions: 3.03.16 (2Gb), 4.00.12 (4Gb). * Embedded 24xx firmware in the driver. * New driver could not detect any device to install as BOOT from SAN on one specific setup. [ER43175 closed]
Version 9.1.0.15 QL 3.03.16
* Firmware versions: 3.03.16 (2Gb), (Use onboard 4Gb firmware.) * Added 24xx support. * Need to change bit used to control LED mode. [ER42601 closed]
Version 9.0.2.17 QL 3.03.13
* Firmware versions: 3.03.16 (2Gb).
Firmware (Embedded in Driver) -----------------------------
The following lists show the changes and bug fixes to the firmware that is embedded in the drivers for the 4Gb Fibre Channel Adapters and 8Gb Fibre Channel Adapters from versions 4.03.01 to 5.04.04.
From Version 5.04.02 to 5.04.04
Changes ------- * 2500 Series. Ensured that correct slot-specific SerDes settings will be used for specific mezzanine cards. [ER78047]
Bug Fixes --------- None
From Version 5.04.01 to 5.04.02
Changes ------- * Current Fibre Channel Adapter firmware supports maximum frame sizes of 512, 1024, and 2048 in the received PLOGI or PLOGI-ACC. This change provides an option to disable this restriction by setting bit 6 of Firmware Options 2 through Set Additional Firmware Options Mailbox Command (038h). Note that this option bypasses the Maximum Transmit Data Frame Size set by the Set Transmit Parameters Mailbox Command (019h). [ER76448]
Bug Fixes --------- None
From Version 5.04.00 to 5.04.01
Changes ------- * Option to Disable Automatic FDISC: Currently, the firmware automatically performs FDISC for enabled virtual ports (VPs) upon receiving an FLOGI_ACC. This procedure does not mesh well with driver architectures, which typically control the FDISCs. A new option bit allows you to suppress the automatic FDISCs. This option bit is available in both the ISP25xx and ISP81xx firmware. Older firmware ignores this option bit. Functional Description: The Disable FDISC bit (multi-ID initialize firmware control block, Global VP Options field, bit 4) disables the automatic FDISCs. If this bit is set, any VPs enabled in the multi-ID initialize firmware control block remain enabled, but the ID is not in the acquired state. The driver must issue a Modify Virtual Port Configuration IOCB (with the Command field set to 3h) to instruct the firmware to transmit the FDISC after it receives the report ID acquisition (RIDA) for VP0. When Disable FDISC is set, no FDISC is transmitted for the enabled VPs on any event, which results in a FLOGI. The driver should issue a Modify Virtual Port Configuration IOCB (with the Command field set to 3h) to instruct the firmware to transmit the FDISC for a specific VP (after receiving the RIDA for VP0). The driver must instruct the firmware to transmit an FDISC for all enabled VPs. After all the FDISC is completed, the firmware state changes to ready. In addition, a Port Database Changed AEN (8014h), with the Outgoing Mailbox 1 register set to FFFFh and Outgoing Mailbox 2 register set to 6h, is generated and passed to the driver. If the driver does not transmit FDISC for a VP, the driver must disable that specific VP using Virtual Port Control IOCB (Entry Type field 30h). This step is needed because a VP is enabled, but the ID is not in the acquired state, which can prevent the firmware state from changing to ready, and prevent generation of the Port Database AEN as previously stated. The option applies only to fabric point-to-point topology and NPIV environments. [ER74448]
* Added option to disable PRLI REC_SUPPORT bit. To disable the PRLI REC_SUPPORT bit (PRLI REC_SUPPORT bit is set by default), set bit 6 of the additional firmware option 3 of the Set Additional Firmware Options (38h) Mailbox Commands). This option has to be set prior to Initialize Firmware mailbox command (60h or 48h). [ER74764]
* 81xx only. Added Additional Firmware Options 2, bit 9 to improve NIC bandwidth when NIC and FCoE receive traffic are running concurrently. [ER69565]
* 81xx/25xx MIDQ only. Provide capability in Queue Management (1Fh) mailbox command to move a queue base address. For details, refer to the Multiple Queue Support for 2500 Series Fibre Channel and 8100 Series Converged Network Adapter Controllers Applications Note. [ER69606]
* 81xx only. Added support for LR Optics. Requires MPI FW 1.39.00 or later with proper configuration files. [ER69613]
* Added an Additional Firmware Options 3 bit to discard any frames received out of order unless the Initialize Firmware Options 3 bit 6 (Enable Receive Out-of-Order Data Frame Handling) is set to 1. Changes to Set Additional Firmware Options (38h) Mailbox Command interface: - Add to Additional Firmware Option 3 Bits (Incoming mailbox 3 register) Table: Bit 15 Do not transfer received out of order data for an exchange to host memory (except during SRR recovery). - Replace bit_15 description with: Bit 15 (Do not transfer received out of order data for an exchange to host memory). When this bit is set to 1, the ISP firmware does not transfer received out-of-order data for an exchange to host memory, except during SRR recovery. A frame is considered "out-of-order" after a previously-received frame is dropped due to an error, as well as a true out-of-order frame receipt condition. NOTE: Bit 15 is ignored when Initialize Firmware Options 3 bit 6 (Enable Receive Out-of-Order Data Frame Handling) is set to 1. [ER70311]
* 24xx/25xx only. Bit 8 of State Flags field in Status IOCB Type has been changed from Reserved to "Unable to send OPN to Destination." This bit is set when the destination device sends an immediate CLS in response to an OPN from ISP. [ER71132]
* Add option to disable the firmware automatic port login (PLOGI) to the simple name server (SNS). To enable this feature, set Bit 15 of Additional Firmware Options 2 when issuing Set Additional Firmware Options Mailbox Command 0038h. [ER71742]
* 24xx SB2 only. Return the lower 16-bit of current RBC count in Receive IU and Add Buffer IOCBs. This extends the scope of ER68875 to include 24xx. - For IOCB type 0x4D, the lower 16-bit of the counter is stored at offset 0x3E to 0x3F. - For IOCB type 0x4C, the lower 16-bit is stored at offset 0x1C to 0x1D. [ER71764]
* 81xx only. Added an Additional Firmware Options 2 bit to post all Asynchronous IOCBs to the ATIO queue when target mode is enabled. Changes to Set Additional Firmware Options (38h) mailbox command interface: - Add to Additional Firmware Option 2 Bits (Incoming mailbox 2 register) Table: Bit 11 Enable Asynchronous IOCBs to ATIO queue. - Replace bit 11 description with: Bit 11 (Enable Asynchronous IOCBs to ATIO queue). When this bit is set to 1, the firmware posts all asynchronous IOCBs (PUREX, ABTS Received, and Report ID Acquisition) to the ATIO queue when target operation is enabled. Additionally, if a login-affecting ELS command (PLOGI, PRLI, PRLO, LOGO, ADISC, PDISC, or TPRLO) is passed up to the target driver, an Immediate Notify IOCB with Status Code 46h, Login affecting ELS command received, shall not be sent. Initialize Firmware Options 3 bit 26 (Enable Ethernet Header Receive IOCB for ATIO Queue) is used to request the firmware place an Ethernet Header Receive IOCB on the ATIO queue before each PUREX and ABTS Received IOCB. Initialize Firmware Options 3 bit 27 (Enable Ethernet Header Receive IOCB for Response Queue) shall be ignored. When bit 11 is set to 0, the firmware posts asynchronous IOCBs to queues specified in the ISP81xx firmware specification. Changes to Initialize Firmware, Firmware Options 3: - Bit 27 (Enable Ethernet Header Receive IOCB for Response Queue). When Additional Firmware Option 2 bit 11 (Enable Asynchronous IOCBs to ATIO queue) is set, this bit is ignored. - Bit 26 (Enable Ethernet Header Receive IOCB for ATIO Queue). When Additional Firmware Option 2 bit 11 (Enable Asynchronous IOCBs to ATIO queue) is set, and this bit is set, the firmware places an Ethernet Header Receive IOCB on the ATIO queue before each PUREX and ABTS Received IOCB. [ER71877]
* MID only. Send LOGO if an FDISC is rejected with error/explanation code 03/0D. After LOGO ACC is received, the firmware retries the FDISC. [ER72460]
Bug Fixes --------- * 81xx only. Corrected FCP-2 processing during a link disruption until re-discovery is complete. [ER66337]
* MIDQ builds. Corrected N_Port-N_Port FLOGI Dest ID of 0. [ER67952]
* 2532-based adapter only. Corrected an issue that could prevent the link from being established when connected to specific targets operating at 8Gb link speed in a loop topology. [ER68658]
* Correct abort handling of a Command Type 6 IO that could result in fatal firmware error or I/O timeout. [ER68965]
* 81xx only. Set a Buffer Credit value of 16 in FLOGI/FDISC for interoperability with FCFs that incorrectly use the field. [ER69182]
* 81xx only. Correct handling of received stale frames forwarded by an FCF after the link is re-established. [ER69245]
* 81xx only. Corrected an issue that would prevent the link from being re-established after a cable pull. [ER69291]
* Correctly set the "sequence initiative transferred bit" (F_CTL) for transmission of status mode 2 FCP_RSP with confirmation request. [ER69336]
* 81xx only. Added support to detect MPI pause during heartbeat processing. [ER69457]
* Disk CRC only. Correct firmware reported residual Byte Count for CRC (T10) Read commands. [ER69564]
* 81xx only. Corrected CTIO handling when the link was down. [ER69683]
* 81xx only. Corrected an issue with Internal Loopback failure reported when link is up to an FCF. [ER69685]
* 24xx CRC only. Resolve 8002 system error during DIF error processing. [ER69922]
* 25xx and 81xx only. Corrected possible memory leak during clean-up of T10 CRC IOs with DIF Bundling enabled. [ER70018]
* 25xx and 81xx only. Corrected false DIF error reported during T10 CRC transmit IO with DIF Bundling. [ER70038]
* Corrected Target XCB count returned by Get Resource Counts Mailbox Command (0042h). [ER70149]
* Corrected a RISC pause condition after the Diagnostic Echo Test (44h) mailbox command completed with an error status. [ER70166]
* 25xx and 81xx only. Corrected a potential I/O timeout of T10 CRC IO when using DIF bundling. [ER70319]
* 25xx and 81xx only. Corrected potential invalid PCIe access when aborting a T10 CRC IO when using DIF bundling. [ER70558]
* Corrected N_Port Handle assignment by firmware when Purex is enabled. [ER70575]
* 81xx only. The firmware could incorrectly set bit 15 of N_Port Handle returned by the Get Port/Node Name List (75h) mailbox command. [ER70664]
* 81xx only. Corrected a problem where the values supplied in the Set Timeout Parameters (32h) mailbox command were not honored. [ER70708]
* Prevent 8002 system error when processing a severely malformed IOCB. [ER70910]
* Corrected a RISC pause condition during SRR received notify ACK processing. [ER70921]
* 24xx only: Improved link init time when using Inline Credit Extender in an N_Port-N_Port configuration. [ER71034]
* Fixed Loopback mailbox command timeout when Fibre Channel event (FCE) extended tracing is enabled. [ER71269]
* Corrected a problem that could result in a Task Management command timeout. [ER72100]
* Corrected handling of frames received with DID = 000000h. [ER72270]
* 81xx only. Fix CTIO with terminate exchange bit returned good completion status (01h) after the CTIO is already completed. The CTIO with a terminate exchange bit should instead return an invalid receive exchange address (08h) completion status. [ER72491]
* MID builds only. Fix CTIO with terminate exchange bit failed with completion status=29h. [ER72571]
* 81xx only. Corrected a problem that caused FDISC not generated by the firmware when Virtual Port Control IOCB (type=30h) is used to enable VP. [ER72921]
* MID only. Correct the cleanup of outstanding ELS requests during VP disable. [ER73048]
* MID only. Resolve RISC pause after cable pull or link event. [ER73090]
From Version 5.02.00 to 5.03.00
Changes ------- * Added feature to return LOGIN info via Mailbox Command 5Ah - Get Params, using type 7. Entry Parameters (Incoming): Mailbox0 - opcode (005ah) Mailbox1 - Type<15:8>, reserved<7:0> Mailbox2 - buffer addr<31:16> Mailbox3 - buffer addr<15:0> Mailbox6 - buffer addr<63:48> Mailbox7 - buffer addr<47:32> Mailbox8 - DW Xfr Length (only valid for Type 7) Exit Parameters (Outgoing): Mailbox0 - (4000h) normal completion - (4002h) DMA error - (4005h) error during command execution - (4006h) if unsupported type or DW Xfr requested is too small ( 28DW <.. ) data got truncated Mailbox1 - If Outgoing Mailbox 0 is 4005h, then Outgoing Mailbox 1 will have the following sub-code: 0002h - No IOCB Mailbox8 - DW Xfr Data (should be 28 for typical PLOGI, only valid for Type 7)
The format returned is according to FC-LS-2 (Fibre Channel - Link Services - 2), rev.2.00 - FLOGI/PLOGI payload minus ELS command code. [ER66811]
* 8100 only. Added support for MPI heartbeat feature. Contact QLogic for details. [ER67656]
* 8100 only. Changes to support additional MPI mailbox commands in the range 136h to 150h. [ER67716]
* 2532/8100 CRC. Implemented CTIO Type CRC_2 and support DIF bundling on CTIO CRC IOCBs.[ER67727]
* 2532 SB2 only. Return the lower 16-bit of current RBC count in Receive IU and Add Buffer IOCBs. - For IOCB type 0x4D, the lower 16-bit of the counter is stored at offset 0x3E to 0x3F. - For IOCB type 0x4C, the lower 16-bit is stored at offset 0x1C to 0x1D. NOTE: This feature will be documented in the upcoming SB-4 spec. [ER68875]
Bug Fixes --------- * MID only. Do not report RSCN for VPs that have been disabled. Previously, the firmware generated 8015 AEN with an invalid vpindex. [ER62856]
* 2532/8100 CRC T10. Resolved bad FCP_DATA sequence due to incorrect re-initialization of the CRC context for Header mode. This affected T10 write commands with multiple FCP_XFER_RDYs. [ER67220]
* Removed zeroed optional association headers from RRQ payload. [ER67210]
* 24xx/2532 only. Corrected a problem in PLOGI ACC processing that could result in failure to respond to a subsequent PRLI. [ER67333]
* 8100 only. Changed login/logout IOCB processing to correctly format a LOGO sent to the fabric controller. [ER69214]
* Resolved a Fatal Firmware Error (8002h) due to a race condition when the exchange timer expires at the same time FCP_XFER_RDY is received. [ER69068]
* 8100 only. Changed link down handling to prevent a stall in received FCoE frame processing. [ER68914]
* Prevented Fatal Firmware Error (8002h) when processing an invalid ELS response type. This problem could occur if a switch sent an erroneous ELS response to a CT pass-thru request. [ER68488]
* 8100 only. Fixed a hang that could occur when processing a new request for an FCP2 capable device after a link status change. [ER68339]
* 2532/8100 only. Resolved intermittent Fatal Firmware Error (8002h) and FKA failures during Flash access. [ER68257]
* Modified RNID processing to correctly handle a response with a "Specific Identification Data Length" field of zero. [ER67623]
* 2532/8100 CRC T10. Changed buffer pointer validation to prevent erroneous 8002 system errors. [ER67568]
* 24xx/2532 only. Fixed a Fatal Firmware Error (8002h) caused by a problem cleaning up after a port discovery timeout. [ER67345]
* 8100 only. Prevented accidental overwrite of the PortName within a port descriptor data structure. Problem could occur during the execution of mailbox commands 30h, 31h, 51h, or 60h. [ER67181]
* Fixed 200ms delay for Command Type 6 IOCBs when residual underrun occurs, and FCP_RSP DMA is enabled. [ER67159]
* 8100 only. Resolved intermittent resource allocation failures in Read SFP mailbox command (31h). Improved failure sub code reporting in mailbox 1 for both Read(31h) and Write(30h) mailbox commands. [ER69146]
* Corrected ADISC ELS check for ELS passup and fixed potential bad pointer when building ELS frame. [ER67799]
* Fixed mailbox command Diagnostic Loop Back failures with Status 4005 and Subcode 0x17. [ER67690 8100 only]
* Fix erroneous discard of a valid FIP VLAN Notification frame when the frame does not have an IEEE 801.2 Q Tag and the FIP descriptor list length is greater than 8 (words). [ER67062 8100 only]
* 24xx/2532 only. Improved firmware handling of I2C SFP interface to better support some SFPs. [ER67479]
* 8100 only. Report NIC driver attached status in Get firmware State Mailbox Command (069h). For details, see the 8100 Series Fibre Channel Firmware Interface Specification, rev C. [ER65051]
* 8100 only. Firmware will return parameter error (4006h) if the Initialize Firmware Mailbox Command (060h) or Initialize Firmware Multiple IDs Mailbox Command (048h) specifies use of the optional Extended Initialization Control Block and provide a length of zero bytes. [ER65184]
* 8100 only. Changed the Perform Implicit LOGO Mailbox Command (072h) to allow the Perform Logout for All Ports across All FCFs option (bit 1 of incoming Mailbox Register 1) in single FCF configurations. [ER65220]
* Added a feature to reject PRLI from Fabric Control (FFFCxx) when target mode is disabled. To enable this option, set bit 7 of Mailbox 2 in the Set Additional Firmware Options Mailbox Command (0038h). [ER66061]
* 8100 only. Changed Get Link Status/Read Port Status Mailbox Command (06Bh) and Get Link Statistics and Private Data Mailbox Command (06Dh) to return counters consistent with the FCoE Link Error Status Block (LESB). Figure 3-4 of the 8100 Series Fibre Channel Firmware Interface Specification now contains the following counters: Link Failure Count, Virtual Link Failure Count, Missing FIP Keep Alive or Discovery Advertisement Count, Symbol Error During Carrier Count, Error'd Block Count, and Frame Check Sequence Error Count. [ER66125]
Bug Fixes --------- * MID only. Fixed an issue to prevent invalid VP misconfigurations that can result in a Fatal Firmware Error 8002h. [ER63706]
* 8100 only. Corrected ELS and BLS timeout units conversion when processing Mailbox Commands Get Timeout Parameters (0022h) and Set Timeout Parameters (0032h). [ER65155]
* 8100 only. Corrected an issue after External Loopback was performed that prevented FIP from completing. [ER65165]
* SB2 only. Corrected a condition in RRQ processing that could result in a Fatal Firmware Error (8002h) after receipt of an ABTS. [ER65232]
* Fixed an issue that caused a rediscovery of FCFs if FIP FLOGI timed out. [ER65757]
* Corrected a problem in target mode operation during confirmation processing that could result in a Fatal Firmware Error 8002h. [ER65415 8100 only]
* 24xx and 2532 only. Corrected auto-negotiation algorithm that would restore the link at the previous speed instead of the maximum speed. [ER65802]
* 8100 non MID only. Corrected a condition where the firmware state would not become Ready after switch port was shutdown and restored. [ER65980]
* Retry FIP VLAN Discovery after FIP Discovery Solicitation fails to find a primary FCF. [ER65980]
* Return LoginState in IO Parameter 1 when Login/Logout IOCB PRLI IO Parameter 0 = 4 (Command Failed). [ER66045]
* 2532 and 8100 MID only. Corrected VP Index range checking during processing of VP Control IOCB. [ER66068]
* Corrected Firmware Error reported during Purex IOCB processing if the Port Database for the target device had been initialized. [ER66082]
* 8100 only. Fixed detection of EP device. [ER66204]
* MID only. Corrected a problem which could result in LOGO sent with SID=000000 or incorrect reporting of VP status after a VP is disabled. [ER66553]
* 2532/8100 MIDQ only. Resolved a long delay in processing Command Type 6 IOCBs after link level fault injection. [ER66755]
* Fixed RISC pause condition when using T10 CRC with DIF_bundling. [ER66803]
* 2532 and 8100 only. Add DSD chaining support to command CRC type IOCBs. [ER62531]
* 8100 only. Updated Immediate Notify to reflect format described in the firmware spec. For details, see the 8100 Series Fibre Channel Firmware Interface Specification Rev C. [ER63872, ER64455]
* 8100 only. When detected, report MPI configuration error and reason code in Get Firmware State Mailbox Command (069h). For details, see the 8100 Series Fibre Channel Firmware Interface Specification Rev C. [ER64342]
* 8100 only. Added new error completion codes to Restart MPI Mailbox Command (03Dh). For details, see the 8100 Series Fibre Channel Firmware Interface Specification Rev C. [ER64391]
* 8100 only. Implement SFP Read/Write Mailbox Commands (031h and 030h). For details, see the 8100 Series Fibre Channel Firmware Interface Specification Rev C. [ER64406]
* 8100 only. Modify Report ID Acquisition IOCB to return subcode for status 0x01, Unable to acquire ID, for FDISC. The subcode is returned at offset 10h. [ER64497]
* 8100 only. Update Get DCBX Parameters Mailbox Command (051h) to match latest spec. For details, see the 8100 Series Fibre Channel Firmware Interface Specification Rev C. [ER64672]
* 8100 only. Implement Get XGMAC Statistics Mailbox Command (07Ah). For details, see the 8100 Series Fibre Channel Firmware Interface Specification Rev C. [ER64673]
* 8100 only. Return SFP status information. See Asynchronous Event 8012h and Mailbox Commands 05Dh, 048h, 060h, and 069h. For details, see the 8100 Series Fibre Channel Firmware Interface Specification Rev C. [ER64732]
Bug Fixes --------- * 8100 only. Corrected handling of FLOGI Timeout and Reject processing by using Retry Count and Timeout as specified in Initialize Firmware Control Block. [ER63856]
* Corrected a condition where an Immediate Notify could be sent to the system driver when a VP is not configured for Target Mode operation. [ER64176]
* Corrected cleanup of pending Transmit Data requests across fault injection. [ER64251]
* 8100 only. Corrected a potential firmware hang condition after processing an ELS timeout or recovering from an internal error. [ER64265]
* SB2 only. Corrected a condition where the System Defined 1 field of an IOCB being returned to the system driver may be overwritten. [ER64315]
* 8100 only. Correct an issue with Flash Access Mailbox Command (003Eh). [ER64377]
* 8100 only. Corrected potential FCoE traffic stall after Port Reset completes. [ER64435]
* 8100 only. Fix FIP Failure to find FCF after a number of cable pulls/insertions into different FCF ports. [ER64454]
* 8100 only. Get FCF List Mailbox Command (050h) may fail to find valid FCF Index. [ER64507]
* 8100 only. Corrected false Loopback errors reported during internal and external tests. [ER64520]
* Corrected potential RISC pause when PUREX is enabled. [ER64520]
* 8100 only. Fixed incorrect Destination MAC address in FIP FLOGI request after an FCF Fabric name change. [ER64585]
* 8100 only. Allow primary port to be discovered via FDISC after it received a Clear Virtual Link or Fabric LOGO and another Virtual Port becomes the master. [ER64590]
* 2400/2532 only. Corrected a condition where a FCP RSP could be transmitted across a LIP and before the discovery timer expires in private loop topology. [ER64705]
* 8100 only. Corrected Firmware hang condition after receiving an ABTS. [ER64902]
From Version 4.06.00 to 5.00.00
Changes ------- * MID only. The firmware now returns a Port Unavailable (28h) Completion Status if the VP Index fails validation during a SCSI Task Management request. [ER62857]
* MID only. The firmware now allows Get VP Database Mailbox Command (49h) regardless of VP Status. [ER62858]
* SB2 only. The firmware now allows Get Link Status Mailbox Command (06bh) to complete even though Process Login has not completed. [ER63650]
Bug Fixes --------- * Fixed an issue to prevent initiating an LR upon a Transmit timeout while the firmware services other requests. [ER61666]
* Fixed an issue that delayed starting new Transmit requests if a Transmit error is pending. [ER61682]
* Corrected the auto-negotiation algorithm that could prevent the link from establishing when connected to a switch. [ER62000, ER62172]
* Corrected CTIO handling when link is down and CTIO received with an Exchange Address of FFFFFFFFh. [ER62715]
* MID only. Corrected various issues relating to VF support. [ER62798]
* Corrected issues found with VF and Fabric LOGO processing. Also corrected the valid VP Count range to 1-254. [ER62826]
* MID only. Corrected Source and Destination Address on an SCR retry. [ER62886]
* Completed various FCE tracing fixes. [ER62952, ER63400]
* Customer-specific fix. [ER63104]
* Corrected IDLE character to ArbFF when connected at 8Gb rate. [ER63488]
* Corrected an issue where a Mailbox or Mailbox IOCB request would not complete if a Fabric LOGO occurred. [ER63563]
* DISK CRC only. Corrected a RISC Pause condition reported during cable pull testing.[ER63564]
* Fixed an incorrect Response In Pointer reported in the RISC to Host Status Register when running in ZIO mode. [ER63790]
* 2532 MID multiple queue only. Corrected a link credit issue that resulted in decreased performance. [ER63913]
From Version 4.05.00 to 4.06.00
Changes ------- * 2532 only. Added support for Virtual Fabrics. Contact QLogic for API changes to support VFs. [ER60036, ER60250]
* MID only. Added feature to allow the firmware to perform SNS Login and SCR registration for virtual ports. This feature is enabled by setting bit 6 of the Options field during Initialize Firmware - Multiple IDs Mailbox Command (048h). Added the following status/ substatus values to Report ID Acquired IOCB:
VP Status Description --------- ----------- 3 SNS Timeout. See byte offsets 23:20 for Sub-status. 4 SNS LS_RJT (Reason/Explanation/Vendor Unique in IOCB byte offsets 23:20). 5 SCR Timeout. See byte offset 23:20 for Sub-status. 6 SCR LS_RJT (Reason/Explanation/Vendor Unique in IOCB byte offsets 23:20).[ER61930]
Bug Fixes --------- * MID only. Process received LOGO from F_Port. The associated Port Database Changed (8014h) asynchronous event will differ from a LOGO received from an N_Port as follows:
* 2532 only. Added the ability to specify a maximum Fibre Channel Link speed to be negotiated. This feature is enabled by bit 12 of the Initialize Firmware Control Block’s Firmware Option 3. When this bit is set to 1, firmware will negotiate the FC data rate from the given max speed specified by driver in bits 15-13 of the Initialize Firmware Control Block’s Firmware Options 3 field to two speeds down to what the SFP allowed. This option can also be set in the Data Rate Mailbox Command (05dh). When incoming mailbox 1 is set to 03h, firmware forces a loss of sync, restarts link initialization, and negotiates the FC data rate from the given max speed specified by driver in incoming mailbox 2 to two speeds down to what the SFP allowed. [ER60321]
* Allow system driver to send LOGO ELS via ELS Pass-Through IOCB using an N_Port Handle of FFFFh. [ER60400]
* MID only. Return Command Parameter Error (4006h) if the number of requested VP’s exceeds the limit when issuing Initialize Firmware – Multiple-IDs Mailbox Command (048h).
* 2432 only. Disable PCIe Completion Timeout. PCIe Completion Timeout has been disabled to address issues seen on certain systems where PCIe completion could take over 50ms. [ER61461]
Bug Fixes --------- * MID only. Corrected problems related to fault injection. [ER59740, ER60612]
* MID only. Various fixes to improve detection and processing of topology changes. [ER60127, ER60326, ER60610, ER60633]
* Corrected timing of when RRQ is issued after ABTS ACC is received. [ER60248]
* Corrected Out-of-Order handling of overlapped or repeating received XFR_RDY frames. [ER60318]
* 2532 Disk CRC only. Various Disk CRC changes to remove Fatal Firmware errors (8002h) being reported. [ER60336, ER61222, ER61223]
* MID only. Corrected a problem where a LOGO ELS could be sent to a port that was not logged in. [ER60565]
* MID only. Corrected a problem where a FLOGI/FDISC would not be sent to the switch after a previous FLOGI/FDISC completed with an ELS RJT. [ER60566]
* MID only. A PLOGI could be rejected for a Virtual Port even though the Primary Port parameters have not changed. [ER60568]
* MID only. Corrected a problem where an incorrect number of acquired AL_PAs could be reported during the LIRP and LILP phases of loop initialization. [ER60569]
* MID only. Login/Logout IOCB completion status was incorrect when no FLOGI ACC ELS had been received. [ER60571]
* Corrected a Fatal Firmware Error (8002h) when a CTIO IOCB with Confirmation Satisfied is received when the FCP_RSP has not been sent yet. The CTIO will be returned with a completion status of Invalid Request (06h). [ER60572]
* MID only. Corrected handling of incoming frames while waiting for LOGI ACC ELS for the primary port. [ER60576]
* Corrected a problem when attempting to abort an ELS Pass-Through operation when a PLOGI is received that changes the ports D_ID. [ER60637]
* Class 2 only. Corrected Fatal Firmware Error (8002h) reported when attempting to abort transmit operations. [ER60698]
* Corrected timer values used with link recovery. [ER60877]
* Improved handling of receiving an ABTS for a CT Pass-Through exchange. [ER61007]
* Corrected a problem with aborting IOs for the incorrect LUN when a LUN Level Task Management Function is active. [ER61155]
* MID only. Ensure that Buffer-Buffer Credits are not modified when processing FDISC or FDISC-ACC. [ER61187, ER61216]
* MID only. Correctly track changing of local 24-bit ID during cleanup. [ER61200]
* Handle race condition of completing transmit of PLOGI-ACC and receiving PRLI. [ER61465]
* Corrected failures reported by Loopback Mailbox Command (45h) and Echo Mailbox Command (44h). Added sub-error codes to Outgoing Mailbox 3 of the Echo Command to match the Loopback Command. [ER59630, ER59631]
Bug Fixes --------- * Disk CRC only. Corrected handling of frames received out of order in target mode. [ER58251, ER58760, ER58761]
* 2532 Disk CRC only. Corrected condition where the firmware would overwrite the IOCB Entry Status field when the device receives invalid IOCBs. [ER58532]
* 2532 Disk CRC only. Fixed a condition that could result in false DIF Errors when receiving runt block data. [ER58533]
* Disk CRC and 2532 only. Corrected an issue with multi-sequence DIF Remove functionality. [ER58752]
* 2532 only. Corrected a RISC pause that occurred when optional external memory is present. [ER58783]
* Corrected endianess of RNID user defined data field. [ER58802]
* Set correct Immediate Notify IOCB sub-code during fault injection. [ER58897]
* Improved handling of switches that transition link from F-FL-F when the device is directly connected to a switch port. [ER59100]
* Corrected issues relating to the EHAFT feature. [ER59279, ER59431]
* Corrected a target mode issue where an ATIO Queue update interrupt would not be posted when using a small ATIO queue. [ER59385]
* Corrected a Fatal Firmware Error (8002h) reported when ISP receives FCP_RSP with a payload length greater than 240 bytes. This problem would occur when Command Type 6 IOCB is used with the option to DMA the FCP_RSP payload to the host is enabled. [ER59503]
* 2532 only. Corrected the ending memory address reported by About Firmware Mailbox Command (08h) when external memory is present. [ER59793]
* 2532 only. Corrected the Report Link Statistics information for Loop topology. [ER59989]
* SB2 only. Corrected a problem where the firmware was clearing the N_Port Handle field of a SB2 Send IU IOCB. [ER60017]
* Disk CRC and 2532 only. Corrected false DMA error reported when using CTIO Type 7 IOCB (Target Mode) with Status Mode 2 selected. [ER60067]
* Fixed a problem that may cause a target level Task Management Function to fail while a LUN Level Task Management Function is outstanding. [ER60126]
* MID and 2532 only. Corrected a Fatal Firmware Error (8002h) reported after adapter side fault injection. [ER60256]
* Corrected a condition where the local loop would not recover after a transmit error was encountered.[ER60301]
From Version 4.03.01 to 4.03.02
Changes ------- * 2532 only. Enabled additional FC SerDes parameters to be set via Flash for mezzanine cards. [ER59755]
Bug Fixes --------- None
From Version 4.03.00 to 4.03.01
Changes ------- * 2532 only. Added support for mezzanine adapters Added a new bit, Embedded HBA, in Flash to indicate an adapter that does not use SFP+, and transmits FC signal over a copper backplane or mid-plane. [ER58635]
Bug Fixes --------- * 2432 only. Corrected a condition where Mailbox Commands issued to Function 1 would not complete after issuing Stop Firmware Mailbox Command (14h) to Function 0. [ER58617]
2. Known Issues
None.
3. Notices
Information furnished in this document is believed to be accurate and reliable. However, QLogic Corporation assumes no responsibility for its use, nor for any infringements of patents or other rights of third parties which may result from its use. QLogic Corporation reserves the right to change product specifications at any time without notice. Applications described in this document for any of these products are only for illustrative purposes. QLogic Corporation makes no representation nor warranty that such applications are suitable for the specified use without further testing or modification. QLogic Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document.
4. Contacting Support
For further assisance, contact QLogic Technical Support at: http://support.qlogic.com
Trademarks
Accelera, Accelerating Cluster Performance, InfiniCon Systems, InfiniNIC, InfiniPath, InfiniView, QLA, QLogic, the QLogic logo, ReadyPath, SANdoctor, SANsurfer, and SilverStorm are registered trademarks of QLogic Corporation. All other brand and product names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.
(c) Copyright 2013. All rights reserved worldwide. QLogic and the QLogic logo are registered trademarks of QLogic Corporation. All other brand and product names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners. qlgc_dd_fc_9_1_11_24_windows_32-64_chg
QLogic 10GbE CNA Network (NDIS) Miniport Driver for Windows Version 5.3.12.0925 Release Notes 10/08/2013
This software license applies only to QLogic customers. QLogic Corporation. All rights reserved.
Table of Contents 1. Version 2. Changes 3. Bug Fixes 4. Known Issues 5. Additional Information 6. History 7. Trademarks 8. Notices 9. Contacting Support
1. Version
These release notes is the release that apply to 10GbE CNA Network (NDIS) miniport driver for Windows 2008, Windows 2008 R2, Windows 2012 and Windows 2012 R2 for version 5.3.12.0925.
2. Changes
* None
3. Bug Fixes
* None
4. Known Issues
* None
5. Additional Information
* None
6. History
Initial issue of Driver 7. Trademarks
QLogic, the QLogic logo, QLA, SANbox, SANsurfer, and SANblade are registered trademarks of QLogic Corporation.
SANtrack and SAN Express are trademarks of QLogic Corporation.
All other brand and product names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.
8. Notices
Information furnished in this document is believed to be accurate and reliable. However, QLogic Corporation assumes no responsibility for its use, nor for any infringements of patents or other rights of third parties which may result from its use. QLogic Corporation reserves the right to change product specifications at any time without notice. Applications described in this document for any of these products are only for illustrative purposes. QLogic Corporation makes no representation nor warranty that such applications are suitable for the specified use without further testing or modification. QLogic Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document.
9. Contacting Support
Please feel free to contact your QLogic approved reseller or QLogic Technical Support at any phase of integration for assistance. QLogic Technical Support can be reached by the following methods:
Web: http://support.qlogic.com
Email: support@qlogic.com
Support contact information for other regions of the world is available at the QLogic website: http://support.qlogic.com
Copyright 2009 - 2013. All rights reserved worldwide. QLogic, the QLogic logo, and the Powered by QLogic logo are registered trademarks of QLogic Corporation. All other brand and product names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners. qlgc_dd_cna_5_3_12_0925_windows_32-64_chg
IBM Online SAS/SATA Hard Disk Drive Update Program Version 1.13.04 Build ID: SAS_11303 Critical Release Reference RETAIN H211424
******************************************* This package includes updates to drives with product ID strings of:
SAS 3.5"
- ST1000NM0001, ST2000NM0001 to BC49 containing valid database servo version.
SAS 2.5"
- TXA2D20200GA6IBM, TXA2D20400GA6IBM, TXA2D20800GA6IBM, TXA2D21600GA6IBM to GB76 for masked bit change.
SATA 3.5"
- HUA722050CLA330 & HUA722010CLA330 to JP2OA3PH & JP4OA3PH for maintance update.
- WD2003FYYS-23 to include WA35 code file.
SATA 2.5"
- TE22D10100GE8IBM to recertified ship level code release.
SATA 1.8"
- TX21B10100GE8IBM, TX21B10200GE1IBM, TX21B10400GE1IBM to recertified ship level code release.
IBM SAS Hard Disk Drive Update Program Version 1.13.02 Critical Release Reference RETAIN H207993 & H21743
This package includes new updates to drives with product ID strings of:
SAS 3.5"
- ST1000NM0023, ST2000NM0023,ST3000NM0023,ST4000NM0023 to BC55 Initial Code Release
- HUS723020ALS64 to J3K7 Additions to VPD information used by manufacturing and fixes for overall robustness.
- HUS723030ALS64 to J3K7 Initial Code Release
- ST31000424SS, ST32000444SS to BC2D - ST1000NM0001, ST2000NM0001 to BC49 Fixes for overall robustness.
- ST33000650SS to BC3E Initial Code Release
SAS 2.5"
- HUC109030CSS600, HUC109060CSS600, HUC109090CSS600 to J2E7 Initial Code Release.
- MK1401GRRB, MK3001GRRB to SC29 Fixes for overall robustness.
- MBF2300RC, MBF2600RC to SB2C Initial Code Release.
- ST9300605SS, ST9600205SS, ST9900805SS to B55D ST9146853SS, ST9300653SS to B63B ST9500620SS, ST91000640SS to BD2E ST9300505SS, ST9600105SS, ST9900705SS to E557 ST9146753SS to E636 Additions to VPD information used by manufacturing and fixes for overall robustness.
SATA 3.5"
- ST3500514NS, ST31000524NS, ST32000644NS to BB2C Reliability improvements, Additions to VPD information used by manufacturing
- HUA723020ALA640 to MK7OA930; HUA723030ALA640 to MKAOA930 Under certain heavy workloads the drive may incorrectly attempt to merge write commands. It willl shut itself down when it detects the mistake. The resulting command time outs will result in the drive being marked off line.
SATA 2.5"
- TE22D10100GE8IBM to SR3B Initial Code Release
- MTFDDAK064MAR-1J1AA, MTFDDAK128MAR-1J1AA, MTFDDAK256MAR-1K1AA, MTFDDAK512MAR-1K1AA to MA55 Initial Code Release
- ST9250610NS, ST9500620NS, ST91000640NS to BE28 Fixes for overall robustness.
SATA 1.8"
- MTFDDAA064MAR-1J1AB, MTFDDAA128MAR-1J1AB, MTFDDAA256MAR-1K1AB, MTFDDAA512MAR-1K1AB to MA55 Initial Code Release
- TX21B10100GE8IBM, TX21B10200GE8IBM, TX21B10400GE8IBM to SP3A Initial Code Release
Version 1.12.01 Critical Release Reference RETAIN #H207740
This package includes new updates to drives with product ID strings of:
SAS 3.5"
- VPCA300900EST1, VPCA450900EST1, VPCA600900EST1 to A3C4, Corrects firmware bug that may cause data corruption. For further information, please refer to Retain Tip H207740.
- ST3300657SS, ST3450857SS, ST3600057SS to BA5A VPCA300900EST1, VPCA600900EST1 to A3C2 Additions to VPD information used by manufacturing
- ST3750630SS, ST31000640SS to BC1I ST31000424SS, ST32000444SS to BC2C Mode Page change to address performance issues under certain system configurations
- ST33000650SS to BC3D ST1000NM0001, ST2000NM0001 to BC48 Protection Information Fix - see Retain Tip H206140
- HUS723020ALS64, HUS723030ALS64 to J26C Initial Code Release
SAS 2.5"
- ST9300603SS, ST9146803SS to B53E ST9600204SS to B549 Additions to VPD information used by manufacturing
- ST9300605SS, ST9600205SS, ST9900805SS to B55C ST9146853SS, ST9300653SS to B63A ST9500620SS, ST91000640SS to BD2C ST9300505SS to E555 ST9146753SS to E635 Protection Information Fix - see Retain Tip H206140
- ST9600105SS, ST9900705SS to E555 Inital Code Release
- HUC106030CSS60, HUC106060CSS60 to D3A6 Performance improvements, critical fixes for Protection Information (PI) operation - see Retain Tip H206140
- MK1401GRRB, MK3001GRRB to SC27 Additions to VPD information used by manufacturing
- WD9001BKHG-23D, WD6001BKHG-23D, WD3001BKHG-23D to ZA31 Initial Code Release
SATA 3.5"
- WD2502ABYS-23B7A0 to 02.03B08 WD1602ABYS-23B7A0 to 02.03B07 Critical fix to address premature drive failures.
- ST3500514NS, ST31000524NS, ST32000644NS to BB2A ST33000650NS to BB38 ST1000NM0011, ST2000NM0011, ST500NM0011 to BB47 Fixes a potential, but rare data corruption issue which requires a background reallocation that exceeds the error recovery timer.
- HUA723020ALA640 to MK70A900 HUA723030ALA640 to MKA0A900 Initial Code Release
SATA 2.5"
- ST9160511NS, ST9500530NS to BE1A - ST9250610NS, ST9500620NS, ST91000640NS to BE25 Fixes a potential, but rare data corruption issue which requires a background reallocation that exceeds the error recovery timer.
SSD
- TX21B10200GE1IBM, TX21B10400GE1IBM, TX21B10100GE8IBM to PRO6SP36 TE22D10100GE8IBM to PRO6SR36 Initial Code Release
- MTFDDAK128MAR-1J1AA, MTFDDAK256MAR-1K1AA to MA52 Initial Code Release
- MTFDDAA512MAR-1K1AB, MTFDDAK064MAR-1J1AA, MTFDDAK512MAR-1K1AA, MTFDDAA064MAR-1K1AB, MTFDDAA128MAR-1K1AB, MTFDDAA256MAR-1K1AB to MA52 Fixes SMART attribute 190 (Current Temp) which caused warning messages with some versions of Linux
- STEC MACH8 IOPS to 2804 STEC M8PSB2 T4 to SM06 Additions to VPD information used by manufacturing Fixes potential drive failure if power loss occurs during firmware update.
*******************************************
Version 1.11.01 (Non-Critical) - Fixed issue where hard disk drives may not be detected in configurations with multiple Emulex adapters.
See Verion 1.11 for Hard Disk Drive support, firmware levels, and respective change History.
- ST33000650SS to BC3A ST1000NM0001, ST2000NM0001 to BC44 Additions and corrections to VPD information used by manufacturing
SAS 2.5"
- ST9300605SS, ST9600205SS, ST9900805SS to B559 ST9146853SS, ST9300653SS to B637 ST9500620SS, ST91000640SS to BD29 ST9300505SS to E553 SST9146753SS to E633 HUC106030CSS60, HUC106060CSS60 to D390 Additions and corrections to VPD information used by manufacturing
- MK1401GRRB, MK3001GRRB to SC23 Fixes a pottential data corruption bug if there is an unexpected power loss.
SATA 3.5"
- ST3250310NS, ST3500320NS, ST3750330NS, ST31000340NS to BB15 ST3500514NS, ST31000524NS, ST32000644NS to BB29 ST33000650NS to BB36 ST1000NM0011, ST2000NM0011, ST500NM0011 to BB46
SATA SSD
- SG9XCS1B50GMIBM, SG9XCS1F200GEIBM to SA03SB6C SG9XCS2D200GEIBM to SA03SE6C Fix for potential hang during an unexpected power cycle
MTFDDAK128MAR-1JAAB, MTFDDAK256MAR-1JAAB to MA44 Initial Release
This package includes new updates to drives with product ID strings of:
SAS 3.5"
- VPCA300900EST1, VPCA600900EST1 to A3C0 Correction to VPD information used by manufacturing
- ST31000424SS, ST32000444SS to BC2B Fixes to improve robustness from certain read errors due to encroachment
- ST33000650SS to BC37 Fixes to improve overall robustness.
- ST1000NM0001, ST2000NM0001 to BC42 Inital Release
SAS 2.5" (SFF)
- ST9300605SS, ST9600205SS, ST9900805SS to B556 - ST9146853SS, ST9300653SS to B635 Fixes to improve overall robustness.
ST9300505SS to E552 ST9146753SS to E632 Initial Release
- ST9500620SS, ST91000640SS to BD26 Improve general robustness and added support for DPICZ
- HUC106030CSS60, HUC106060CSS60 to D340 Improve general robustness
- MBF2300RC, MBF2600RC to SB28 Improves performance in certain benchmarks
SATA 3.5"
- ST33000650NS to BB34 Fixes to improve overall robustness.
- ST1000NM0011, ST2000NM0011, ST500NM0011 to BB45 Initial Release
- ST3500514NS, ST31000524NS, ST32000644NS to BB29 Fixes for intermittent drive hangs
- ST3250310NS, ST3500320NS, ST3750330NS, ST31000340NS to BB15 Added enhancement for improved robustness
SATA 2.5"
- ST9250610NS, ST9500620NS, ST91000640NS to BE24 Initial Release
- ST9160511NS, ST9500530NS to BE19 Fixes for overall robustness.
SATA 2.5" SSD
- STEC MACH8 IOPS to 2765 STEC M8PSB2 T4 to SM05 Fixes potential drive lock up during cold or warm boots Fixes issues with RHEL 6.x installation
- SG9XCS2D200GEIBM to SA03SE6C Fixes default drive VPD information for manufacturing, the default LED behavior on certain systems and fixes issues with client install thru VMWare 5.x
SATA 1.8" SSD
- STEC M8PSB1 to 0409 STEC M8PSB1 T4 to SM16 Fixes potential drive lock up during cold or warm boots Fixes issues with RHEL 6.x installation
- SG9XCS1B50GMIBM to SA03SB6C SASG9XCS1F200GEIBM to SA03SB6C Fixes potential drive lock up during cold or warm boots and the default LED behavior on certain systems and fixes issues with client install thru VMWare 5.x
This package includes new updates to drives with product ID strings of:
SAS 3.5"
- ST31000424SS, ST32000444SS to BC28 Added enhancement for improved RV robustness
- MBE2073RC, MBE2147RC to SC17 - MBA3073RC, MBA3147RC, MBA3300RC to SA0A Added VPD changes for manufacturing
SAS 2.5" (SFF)
- ST9300603SS, ST9146803SS to B53C ST9600204SS to B548 SST973452SS, ST9146852SS to B62C CBRCA146C3ETS0, CBRCA300C3ETS0 to C610 Added fixes for overall drive robustness
- MBD2147RC, MBD2300RC to SB1A Added VPD changes for manufacturing Addresses issues seen with DSA HDD Diagnostic test.
- MBF2300RC, MBF2600RC to SB25 Addresses issues seen with DSA HDD Diagnostic test.
- ST9500620SS, ST91000640SS to BD22 HUC106030CSS60, HUC106060CSS60 to D2F8 Inital Release
SATA 3.5"
- WD2502ABYS-23B7A0 , WD1602ABYS-23B7A0 to 02.03B07 Addresses firmware issues that may cause a drive to be marked defunct prematurely under certain application workloads.
- ST3250310NS, ST3500320NS, ST3750330NS, ST31000340NS to BB14 ST3500514NS, ST31000524NS, ST32000644NS to BB28 Added enhancement for improved robustness
- WD5003ABYX-23 to WC31 Initial Release
SATA 2.5"
- WD3000BLFS-23YBU0 to 04.04V10 (Critical) Addresses firmware issues that may cause a drive to be marked defunct prematurely under certain application workloads.
- ST9250610NS, ST9500620NS, ST91000640NS to BE21 Initial Release
SATA 2.5" SSD
- STEC MAC8 IOPS to 2732 STEC M8PSB2 T4 to SM04 Addresses an issue installing RHEL 6.0 onto this drive.
SATA 1.8" SSD
- SG9XCS1B50GMIBM, SG9XCS1F200GEIBM to SA03SB63 Addresses rare issue where the drive may not being seen on power up.
- STEC M8PSB1 to 0408 STEC M8PSB1 T4 to SM15 Addresses an issue installing RHEL 6.0 onto this drive.
- ST373455SS, ST3146855SS, ST3300655SS to BA2D - ST373355SS, ST3146755SS, ST3300555SS to BA38 - ST3146356SS, ST3300656SS, ST3450856SS to BA4C - ST3300657SS, ST3450757SS, ST3600057SS to BA58 - ST3750630SS, ST31000640SS to BC1G - ST31000424SS, ST32000444SS to BC26 (All Above Critical) These codes addresses a rare potential for data corruption. For this issue to occur, the drive write cache must be enabled. For further information, please refer to retain tip H197382.
- MBA3073RC, MBA3147RC, MBA3300RC to SA08 This code corrects a firmware bug that may cause the drive to not come ready on a cold boot.
SAS 2.5" (SFF)
- ST973402SS, ST9146802SS to B52B - ST936751SS, ST973451SS to B617 - ST9146803SS, ST9300603SS toB53B - ST9600204SS to B546 - ST973452SS, ST9146852SS to B629 - ST9300503SS to E536 - ST9146752SS to E625 - ST9500430SS to BD14 (All Above Critical) These codes addresses a rare potential for data corruption. For this issue to occur, the drive write cache must be enabled. For further information, please refer to retain tip H197382.
SATA 3.5"
- ST3500514NS, ST31000524NS, ST32000644NS to BB26
- WD2003FYYS-23W0B0 to WA32 - WDC WD1003FBYX-23Y7B0 to WB31 Initial release
SATA 2.5" SSD
- STEC MACH8 IOPS to 2582 (Critical) Corrects firmware bug that may cause data corruption. For further information, please refer to retain tip H197650.
SATA 1.8" SSD
- STEC M8PSB1 to 0405 (Critical) Corrects firmware bug that may cause data corruption. For further information, please refer to retain tip H197650.
This package includes new updates to drives with product ID strings of:
SAS 3.5"
- VPCA300900EST1, VPCA450900EST, VPCA600900EST1 to A3B8 Initial Release
- VPBPA300C3EST1 to A529 Initial Release
- ST3300657SS, ST3450757SS, ST3600057SS to BA56 (Critical) Performance improvements under certain workloads. Corrects a firmware bug that may cause the drive to not come ready on a warm or cold reboot.
- ST31000424SS, ST32000444SS to BC21 Initial Release
SAS 2.5" (SFF)
- ST9300603SS, ST9146803SS to B53A (Critical) Performance improvements under certain workloads. Corrects a firmware bug that may cause the drive to not come ready on a warm or cold reboot.
- ST9600204SS to B544 (Critical) Corrects a firmware bug that may cause the drive to not come ready on a warm or cold reboot.
- ST973452SS, ST9146852SS to B626 Performance improvements under certain workloads.
- ST9500430SS to BD13 Performance improvements under certain workloads
- ST9300503SS to E534 and ST9146752SS to E623 Performance improvements under certain workloads.
- MBD2147RC, MBD2300RC to SB19 (Critical) MBE2073RC, MBE2147RC to SC16 (Critical) Corrects a firmware bug that erroneously reported medium errors which may cause the drive to report PFA alerts and in some cases be marked offline
SATA 3.5"
- WDC WD2502ABYS-23B7A0, WD2502ABYS-23B7A0, WD802ABYS-23B7A0, WD1602ABYS-23B7A0 to 02.03B05 (Critical) Corrects a firmware bug that may cause the drive to not come ready on a warm or cold reboot.
- ST3500514NS, ST31000524NS, ST32000544NS to BB26 (Critical) This code addresses a rare potential for data corruption. For this issue to occur, the drive write cache must be enabled. For further information, please refer to retain tip H197382.
- ST3250310NS, ST3500320NS, ST3750330NS, ST31000340NS to BB13 (Critical) This code addresses a rare potential for data corruption. For this issue to occur, the drive write cache must be enabled. For further information, please refer to retain tip H197382.
- HUA722020ALA330 to JKAOA3GA HUA722050CLA330 to JP2OA3GB HUA722010CLA330 to JP4OA3GB Initial Release
SATA 2.5"
- WD3000BLFS-23YBU0 to 04.04V09 (Critical) This code corrects an additional issue where the drive may be marked defunct.
- ST9160511NS, ST9500530NS to BE18 (Critical) This code addresses a rare potential for data corruption. For this issue to occur, the drive write cache must be enabled. For further information, please refer to retain tip H197382. Also improves performance under certain workloads.
SATA 2.5" SSD
- STEC MACH8 IOPS to 2366 (critical) Corrects firmware bug that may cause degraded performance and in some cases the drive may not come ready after a warm or old boot.
SATA 1.8" SSD
- STEC M8PSB1 to 0404 Turns the default for write cache off Initial Release
IBM SAS Hard Disk Drive Update Program Version 1.06 (Critical)
Added support for the following controllers:
- IBM ServeRAID BR10il SAS controller v2 (49Y4731) - IBM ServeRAID M1015 SAS controller (46M0831) - IBM ServeRAID M5015 SAS controller (46M0829) - IBM ServeRAID M5014 SAS controller (46M0916)
This package includes new updates to drives with product ID strings of:
SAS 3.5"
- ST373455SS, ST3146855SS, ST3300655SS to BA2A ST373355SS, ST3146755SS, ST3300555SS to BA36 (Critical) These codes addresses a rare potential for data corruption. For this issue to occur, the drive write cache must be enabled. When a write is issued while the drive write cache is enabled and a read-verify is performed immediately afterwards, undetected data corruption can occur. For further information, please refer to retain tip H194632.
- ST3750630SS, ST31000640SS to BC1E ST3146356SS, ST3300656SS, ST3450856SS to BA4A This code address an issue where the drive may report an erroneous hardware error to the controller.
- MBA3073RC, MBA3147RC, MBA3300RC to SA07 This code improves sequential write performance under certain workloads when write cache is turned on.
- ST3300657SS, ST3450757SS, ST3600057SS to BA52 NOTE: This is the first code release to be included in the hard drive update package.
SAS 2.5" (SFF)
- ST973402SS, ST9146802SS to B52A ST936751SS, ST973451SS to B616 (Critical) These codes addresses a rare potential for data corruption. For this issue to occur, the drive write cache must be enabled. When a write is issued while the drive write cache is enabled and a read-verify is performed immediately afterwards, undetected data corruption can occur. For further information, please refer to retain tip H194632.
- MBB2073RC, MBB2147RC to SB07 MBD2147RC, MBD2300RC to SB17 MBE2073RC, MBE2147RC to SC14 CBRCA146C3ETS0, CBRCA300C3ETS0 to C370 This code improves sequential write performance under certain workloads when write cache is turned on.
- ST9500430SS to BD11 This is the first code release to be included in the hard drive update package.
SATA 3.5"
- WD2003FYYS-23T8B0 to 01.00D04 This is the first code release to be included in the hard drive update package.
SATA 2.5"
- WD3000BLFS-23YBU0 to 04.04V08 (Critical) This code corrects an issue where the drive may generate a false PFA alert. It also corrects an issue where the drive may be marked defunct
- ST9160511NS, ST9500530NS to BE16 This is the first code releases to be included in the hard drive update package.
=============================================================== IBM SAS Hard Disk Drive Update Program Version 1.05
SAS 2.5" (SFF)
ST9xxxx51SS to B616 ST9xxxx02SS to B52A - This code improves the robustness of write cache operations.
ST9xxxx52SS to B624 ST9xxxx03SS to B536 - This code improves the robustness of write cache operations and sequential write performance when write cache is enabled
MBD2xxxRC to SB14 - Initial release
SAS 3.5"
ST3xxxxx6SS to BA49 ST3750630SS to BC1D - This code improves the robustness of write cache operations.
SATA 3.5"
WDC WD2502ABYSxxxxx tp 02.03B04 - Fixes incorrect VPD data
SATA 2.5"
WD3000xxxxx to 04.04V05 - Adjusted PHY setting for better signal quality margin.
SATA 2.5" SSD
STEC MACH8 IOPS to 2269 GBRL0xxxxx to 4.17 GBRLBxxxxx to 4.26 - The new firmware will correct a rare data error condition in the drives where invalid data may be passed to the system without any error condition flagged.
Due to the severity of this potential issue, IBM strongly recommends applying this firmware as soon as possible.
For further information, please refer to retain tip H195663. =================================================================
IBM SAS Hard Disk Drive Update Program Version 1.04
SAS 2.5" (SFF)
CBRBAxxxxxx to C49B - Modified VPD for JSxx Blades
MBBxxxxxx to SB05 - Fixed a performance issue when synchronizing or rebuilding an array when used in a LSI 1064 based SAS controller
MBC2073RC to SC04 - Fixed a performance issue when synchronizing or rebuilding an array when used in a LSI 1064 based SAS controller
SAS 3.5"
MBAxxxxxx to SA06 - Fixed a performance issue when synchronizing or rebuilding an array when used in a LSI 1064 based SAS controller
ST3xxxxx6SS to BA48 - This code addresses a rare potential for data corruption. For this issue to occur, the drive write cache must be enabled. When a write is issued while the drive write cache is enabled and a read-verify is performed immediately afterwards, undetected data corruption can occur. For further information, please refer to retain tip H194632
ST3750630SS to BC1A - This code addresses a rare potential for data corruption. For this issue to occur, the drive write cache must be enabled. When a write is issued while the drive write cache is enabled and a read-verify is performed immediately afterwards, undetected data corruption can occur. For further information, please refer to retain tip H194632
- Fixes a hang condition during failover operation on a Bladecenter-S chassis with an RSSM controller.
BBAxxxxxx to BH0K - Fixes an issue where a drive may prematurely report a PFA trip
GNAxxxxxx to BH0J - Fixes an issue where a drive may prematurely report a PFA trip
SATA 3.5"
ST31000340NS, ST370330NS, ST3250310NS, ST3500320NS to BB12 - This code addresses a rare potential for data corruption. For this issue to occur, the drive write cache must be enabled. When a write is issued while the drive write cache is enabled and a read-verify is performed immediately afterwards, undetected data corruption can occur. For further information, please refer to retain tip H194632
- This code addresses a rare potential for data loss. After a power cycle, the drive will no longer be available and becomes unresponsive. Data will become inaccessible due to the drive not responding. For further information, please refer to retain tip H194623.
WDC WD2502ABYSxxxxx tp 02.03B04 - Fixes incorrect VPD data
SATA 2.5"
WD3000xxxxx to 04.04V04 - Fixes a Critical issue - IBM recommends a backup of the data on the drive before attempting to update the firmware. This is a fix for an issue where data required for spinup of the drive may be overwritten rendering the drive inoperable on a subsequent warm or cold system reboot.
- Fixes a issue with an internal timer that may cause drive to go offline when used in a non-raid environment.
IBM SAS Hard Disk Drive Update Program Version 1.03
Added support for the following controllers:
IBM ServeRAID MR10il SAS Controller IBM ServeRAID MR10is SAS Controller IBM ServeRAID BR10i SAS Controller IBM ServeRAID BR10il SAS/SATA Controller IBM SAS/SATA RAID Kit IBM SAS Expansion Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter IBM SAS Connectivity Card (CFFv) for IBM BladeCenter
New updates to drives with product ID strings of:
SAS 2.5" (SFF)
ST9146802SS, ST973402SS to B529 - Added support for JS2x Blades in a Bladecenter-S chassis - Picked up the latest network roll of firmware fixes to address some unexpected system hangs,
ST936751SS, ST973451SS to B615 - Added support for JS2x Blades in a Bladecenter-S chassis - Picked up the latest network roll of firmware fixes to address some unexpected system hangs,
CBRBAxxxxxx to C495 - Initial release
MBBxxxxxx to SB04 - Initial release
MBC2073RC to SC03 - Initial release
SAS 3.5"
VPBAxxxxxx to A496 - Added support for JS2x Blades in a Bladecenter-S chassis
ST3146855SS, ST3300655SS, ST373455SS to BA29 - Added support for JS2x Blades in a Bladecenter-S chassis - Picked up the latest network roll of firmware fixes to address some unexpected system hangs,
ST3450856SS to BA47 - IBM was notified by our vendor that there is a defect in a level of firmware used in the IBM 450GB 15K SAS 3.5" HS HDD (PN 41Y8454) in option 42D0519, which under certain conditions may lead to data being written or read back incorrectly on the drive. IBM has worked closely with the vendor to identify the problem and developed a firmware fix to resolve the problem. Customers should upgrade to firmware level BA47
MBAxxxxxx to SA05 - Initial release
ST3750630SS to BC17 - Initial release
SATA 3.5"
ST3250620NS, ST3500630NS, ST3750640NS to 3.AEV
ST3250621NS, ST3500631NS, ST3750641NS to 4AEV
ST31000340NS, ST3750330NS, ST3250310NS, ST3500320NS to BB10 - Initial release
HUA721050KLA330, HUA721075KLA330, HUA721010KLA330, to AB4A - Initial Release
SATA 2.5" SSD
GBRL001xxx, GBRL0031xxx to 4.14 - corrects intermittent hangs during operations =============================================================
IBM SAS Hard Disk Drive Update Program Version 1.02
Support of ServeRaid 8s Raid controller Support of ServeRaid 10i Raid controller Support of ServeRaid 10k Raid controller Support of ServeRaid 10m Raid controller Support of LSI 1078 SAS controller Support of SATA drives attached to SAS controllers
Support and updates to drives with product ID strings of:
VPAxxxxxx to A650 Change to improve performance in sequential write workloads Improvements to internal drive logging and media checking. Critical Fix: This code addresses a rare potential for data loss This code update should be applied to prevent the event from occurring.
ST340XXXAS and ST380XXXAS to 3.48 Fix to address Read Log Command abort error.
ST340XXXAS, ST380XXXAS and ST3160XXXAS to 3.05 Fix to address intermittent hard drive no-shows after system comes out of hibernation.
ST3500641NS to 3.AES Changes to the refresh rate of the DRAM used on the drive.
ST3500640NS to 3.AEJ Initial release.
HDTXX... & HDSXX... codes go to Masked ROM version. HDS725050KLA360 to AQ1A to also Fix an issue that occurs while running in NCQ mode with write cache disabled.
ST3xxxx4SS to BA26 Improves intialization times with some ServeRaid controllers Performance improvements under some sequential workloads.
ST3xxxx5SS to BA35 Improves intialization times with some ServeRaid controllers
ST9xxx51SS to B612 Intial release of firmware
ST9xxxx2SS to B526 Improves intialization times with some ServeRaid controllers
MAUxxxx and MAXxxxx Added support for new SAS features required by new SAS controllers.
IBM SAS Hard Disk Drive Update Program Version 1.01 Please refer to RETAIN tip H186019.
Support of ServeRaid 8e Raid controller Support of ServeRaid 8k Raid controller Support of ServeRaid 8l Raid controller Support of on-board LSI 1064 controller IBM MegaRaid 8480 Raid Controller
Firmware updates to drives with Product ID strings:
GNAxxxx and BBAxxxx to BH0G Picks up the latest network roll of firmware fixes to improve performance under some sequential workloads and improvements to signal quality parameters.
ST9xxxx to B51D amd ST3xxxx to BA18 Picks the latest network roll of firmware fixes to address unexpected system hangs and some performance improvements.
MAVxxxx to S116 and MAYxxxx to T107 Picks up the latest network roll of firmware fixes and to improve signal quality parameters.
MAXxxxx to T904 Initial release ============================================================
IBM SAS Hard Disk Drive Update Program Version 1.00 Initial Release
Support of Adaptec 48xxx based controllers Support of ServeRaid 8i Raid controller Support and updates to drives with product ID strings of: ST936701SS ST973401SS ST336754SS ST373454SS GNAxxxxx BBAXXXXX
ibm_fw_hdd_sas-1_13_04_windows_32-64_chg
Intel® Chipset Device Software 9.2.3.1020 For JakeTown and Patsburg
Release Notes
August 9, 2011
Microsoft Windows* 2000 Microsoft Windows* XP Microsoft Windows* XP Professional x64 Edition Microsoft Windows* Server 2003 Microsoft Windows* Server 2003 x64 Edition Microsoft Windows* Vista Microsoft Windows* Vista x64 Edition Microsoft Windows* Server 2008 Microsoft Windows* Server 2008 x64 Edition Microsoft Windows 7 Microsoft Windows 7 x64 Edition Microsoft Windows Server 2008 R2 X64
DISCLAIMER: Information in this document is provided in connection with Intel® products. Intel Corporation may have patents or pending patent applications, trademarks, copyrights, or other intellectual property rights that relate to the presented subject matter. The furnishing of documents and other materials and information does not provide any license, express or implied, by estoppels or otherwise, to any such patents, trademarks, copyrights, or other intellectual property rights. Except as provided in Intel's Terms and Conditions of Sale for such products, Intel assumes no liability whatsoever, and Intel disclaims any express or implied warranty relating to sale and/or use of Intel products, including liability or warranties relating to fitness for a particular purpose, merchantability or infringement of any patent, copyright or other intellectual property right. Intel products are not intended for use in medical, life saving, life sustaining, critical control or safety systems, or in nuclear facility applications. Intel may make changes to specifications and product descriptions at any time, without notice. Contact your local Intel sales office or your distributor to obtain the latest specifications and before placing your product order.
Notice: The Intel® Chipset Device Software may contain design defects or errors
described as "known issues" which may cause the product to deviate from expected performance. Current characterized known issues are documented in this update.
Revision History
Date Driver Revision Draft/Changes August 2011 9.2.3.1020 See below
Intel® Chipset Device Software Support
The Intel® Chipset Device Software contains support for the following Intel Chipsets:
• Patsburg and Jaketown • Intel® 5 Series Chipsets • Intel® 3400 Series Chipsets • Intel® 4 Series Chipsets • Intel® 3 Series Chipsets • Intel® 900 Series Chipsets • Intel® 800 Series Chipsets • Intel® Server/Workstation Chipsets Supported Operating Systems
The Intel® Chipset Device Software is validated on the following Microsoft operating systems.
• Microsoft Windows* 2000 • Microsoft Windows XP • Microsoft Windows XP Professional x64 Edition • Microsoft Windows Server* 2003 • Microsoft Windows Server* 2003 x64 Edition • Microsoft Windows Vista* RTM and SP’s • Microsoft Windows Server* 2008 • Microsoft Windows Server* 2008 x64 Edition • Microsoft Windows 7 • Microsoft Windows 7 x64
New Features, Fixes & Changes
Features Added WHQL -9.2.3.1020 – 08/09/2011 Features Added in Alpha 9.2.3.1010 – 02/28/2011 Description Added support for Waimea Bay platform Features Added in Alpha 9.2.3.1010 – 01/14/2011 ID Description 1 Removed Commented SMB from PatCore 2 Fixed spelling of Controller in AHCI and IDE inf files Features Added in Alpha 9.2.3.1009 1 Added 1D41 LPC device Features Added in Alpha 9.2.3.1008 1 Changed ® to (R) 2 3C00 changed to No_Drv for the “A” stepping in order for a BOSD not to occur 3 Removed 3C60 and 3C61 4 Added 1D76 and 1D77 5 Added Audio INF (1D20) Features Added in Alpha 9.2.3.1004 1 Removed commented out Devices from JakeTown.Inf 2 Changed Installer Version to 1.1.32 (Fixes –overall switch and 2nd install of filtered INF files) Description
WHQLed
Features Added 9.2.3.1017 – 06/17/2011 Description
1. Updated Name String on 1D3E 2. Added HECI INF Features Added WHQL9.2.3.1016 – 04/22/2011 Description
WHQLed to 1.6
Features Added in Beta 9.2.3.1015 – 04/07/2011 Description
1. Jaketown name changes 2. Updated Installer with Klockwork scan fixes 1.1.42 3. Updated Official Branding For Patsburg 4. Moved to Installer Label 1.1.36 a. Updated extractdriver function b. Creates MUP.xml (packageversion not correct)
Features Added in Alpha 9.2.3.1003 ID 1 2 3 Description JakeTown.inf: commented out PCI devices 3C00-3C0F Changed 3C88 to 3C90 Added 3C44 QPI Link Added 3CE4 R2 PCIe Features Added in Alpha 9.2.2.1002 Commented out 3C02 from jaketown.inf Features Added in Alpha 9.2.2.1001 Added JakeTown.inf Updated all Patsburg related INF
Software Sightings and/or Known Issues
ID Information 1 After version 9.2.3.1004 B0 must be used (jaketown B0 should be used with Patsburg B0)
intel_dd_inteldp_9_2_3_1020_winsvr_32-64_chg
Broadcom (R) NetXtreme II (TM) Ethernet Software CD for IBM eServer BladeCenter and System x NetXtreme II Gigabit and 10 Gigabit Ethernet products
RELEASE 7.6.51.0
(04/23/2013)
Support Overview ================
This is the drivers software release for all IBM eServer BladeCenter and System x Broadcom-based NetXtreme II Ethernet products, including both on-board Ethernet and adapter options.
The supported Broadcom (R) NetXtreme II (TM) chipsets include BCM5706, BCM5708, BCM5709, BCM57710, BCM57711, BCM57712, BCM57800 and BCM57810.
The supported adapter options include:
39Y6066 - NetXtreme II 1000 Express Ethernet Adapter
42C1780 - NetXtreme II 1000 Express Dual Port Ethernet Adapter
42C1790 - NetXtreme II 10 GigE Express Fiber SR Adapter
44W4479 - 2/4 Port Ethernet Expansion Card CFFh for IBM BladeCenter
44W4465 - 2/4 Port 10Gb Ethernet Expansion Card CFFh for IBM BladeCenter
All Microsoft Windows device drivers are digitally signed.
Operating System coverage: ========================== Windows: - Server 2008 Enterprise Edition (SP2 and R2 w/ SP1) - Server 2008 Standard Edition (SP2 and R2 w/ SP1) - Server 2008 Datacenter Edition (SP2 and R2 w/ SP1) - Server 2008 for Embedded Systems (Base and R2 w/ SP1) - Server 2008 Web Server (SP2 and R2 w/ SP1) - Small Business Server 2011 (SBS V7) – Base - Small Business Server 2011 Essentials (Aurora) x64 - Server 2012 Enterprise Edition x64 - Server 2012 Standard Edition x64 - Server 2012 Datacenter Edition x64
WARNING:
Any x3850M2/x3950M2 server is required to be updated to at least Version 1.05 (Build A3E145A) system BIOS, or later, prior to any device driver software update.
Disclaimer ========== - FCoE: Broadcom only officially supports the FCoE and DCB feature set on adapters that are licensed for FCoE, and for which EMC e-Labs certification is already complete or in progress. Broadcom will *not* provide field support for unqualified platforms. Please refer to the EMC e-Labs certification matrix for existing support matrix postings, or contact your Broadcom liaison to inquire about configurations currently in the qualification queue for eventual support. Exercising either FCoE or DCB on an unsupported platform may lead to unpredictable results.
Caveats ======= - E1 (57710/57711) devices are no longer supported by the 7.4 or later PXE. PXE updates on E1 devices must use 7.2.x based PXE or earlier (provided with this kit). - Windows 2003 support was discontinued as of the T7.0 program. - preventing driver install in W2K3 environment - preventing enumeration of iSCSI HBA in W2K3 environment - F6 kit is removed (no iSCSI boot over L4 path into W2K3)
Prerequisite ============ - For FCoE evaluation, 57712A1+8727C NIC adapters with valid FCoE license - For FCoE, NVRAM flag 105 must be enabled for DCB/DCBX - DCB/DCBX is required for FCoE - In order to enable FCoE, only the new 'MFW' firmware image can be used. Please use the eDiag supplied in this kit and upgrade the legacy boot code (and NCSI) to the new 'MFW' image
Known problems: =============== CQ64165: WMI folder remains in Broadcom folder after uninstall. CQ64135: uEFI: Rip 0000000B Unknown - Issue currently being investigated Currently investigating, popups occurring on x86 platforms during driver installation. Drivers install OK upon click through. Drivers install OK upon click through.
Notables ======== - CQ 65408 - keep-alive packets that are offloaded have the wrong IP checksums (IBM ccustomer fix, Sophos Plc) - This release adds support for Windows Server 2012. - 10G MBA driver release no longer supports RPL protocol. All files with xMMBA.NIC and xMMBA.LOM are removed - BASP w/ RSS enable can support a maximum of up to 4 processors - Broadcom does not recommend nor support enabling (manually) TCP Chimney Offload in Guest Operating Systems (GOS) running in Hyper-V on Windows Server 2008 R2 - The default Flow Control setting in the Linux driver for 5771x 10g Fiber devices is now set to disabled.
Package NOTES:
(1) When updating drivers via UXSPi, the utility will prompt version number(s) of drivers loaded on system that are pertinent to the Operating System being updated. After the utility completes and drivers are updated, there may be some driver version(s) where the New Version does not match the Installed Version. This may be because the adapter corresponding to the driver is not installed. Adapters must be installed to gain proper version numbers from the utility. Please disregard version numbers that do not pertain to the adapter(s) you have installed.
(2) When extracting files from this package, Windows 2008 R2 extract to floppy may not work. This is due to change in Windows security settings, and may become a limitation.
Known problems: ===============
Version history between CD T7.6.4.1 release and previous CD T7.4.4.3 release: ================================================================================
Software CD T7.6.4.1 Previous CD T7.4.4.3 Version Version
Software Compatibility: - BCM5706 NetXtreme II Gigabit Ethernet Adapter - BCM5706S NetXtreme II Gigabit Ethernet Adapter - BCM5708 NetXtreme II Gigabit Ethernet Adapter - BCM5708S NetXtreme II Gigabit Ethernet Adapter - BCM5709 NetXtreme II Gigabit Ethernet Adapter - BCM5709S NetXtreme II Gigabit Ethernet Adapter - BCM57710 NetXtreme II 10 Gigabit Ethernet Adapter - BCM57711 NetXtreme II 10 Gigabit Ethernet Adapter - BCM57712 NetXtreme II Gigabit Ethernet Adapter - BCM57800 NetXtreme II Gigabit Ethernet Adapter - BCM57810 NetXtreme II Gigabit Ethernet Adapter
Key Fixes & Enhancements with this T7.6.4.1 sw CD release include: =================================================================== - CQ65408 Offloaded keepalive packets in 5709 fail TCP checksums. - CQ65776 Store vendor firmware release number in NVRAM on controller. cfg -vpdv0 ' command added to Linux and Windows Firmware upgrade tools Note that current version checks for something-dot-something-dot-something; This restriction will be removed in a future version. - CQ66326 HII menu strings to use IBM nomenclature of vNIC and pNIC instead of Forced SF and NPAR. - CIM server is being delivered to support to meet CIM-0003. Implemented in this release: CQ64293: Have CMPI Providers fill in CIM_EthernetPort.PortNumber CQ64294: Have CMPI Providers instantiate NPar virtual NICs. CQ63409: Expanded return code information for CIM InstallFromURI() method.
NOTES:
(1) When updating drivers via UXSPi, the utility will prompt version number(s) of drivers loaded on system that are pertinent to the Operating System being updated. After the utility completes and drivers are updated, there may be some driver version(s) where the New Version does not match the Installed Version. This may be because the adapter corresponding to the driver is not installed. Adapters must be installed to gain proper version numbers from the utility. Please disregard version numbers that do not pertain to the adapter(s) you have installed.
(2) When extracting files from this package, Windows 2008 R2 extract to floppy may not work. This is due to change in Windows security settings, and may become a limitation.
*******Currently known issues and limitations with Broadcom NetXtreme drivers and devices. ********
1. BASP (the Broadcom Advanced Server Program) will appear to be bound to all adapters in the system once loaded. This binding is normal and is used only to determine compatibility with BASP. The binding is not active, as indicated by the gray background of the selection box. This pre-binding will not interfere with bindings to other software protocols.
2. The NetXtreme II drivers have two parts, the VBD driver and the NDIS Client driver. This combination of drivers can be used for WinPE installations as long as the WinPE image is built with the /PnP option. WinPE images that are booted with the -miniNT option will only load the NDIS driver so NetXtreme II network devices will not be functional in this environment. Use the -winpe option instead of the -minint option to boot WinPE when using NetXtreme II devices or use the special RIS driver contained in the distribution package in the NX2_RIS_Driver directory of the unpacked files.
3. Specifying network settings for NetXtreme II devices using the Microsoft unattended answer file does not work using the PCI Bus/Device/Function designation to specify adapters. This is due to the NDIS personality of the NetXtreme II device being a virtual device which means it does not have a physical Bus/Device/Function address. MAC address designation does work and may be used in conjunction with Bus/Device/Function for a complete solution. A program called netset.exe from Microsoft, available in the Windows 2000 Server Resource Kit, can also be used to apply network settings after the unattended install. Netset.exe uses the answer file to apply the network settings specified to the adapters in the system. See Microsoft Knowledge Base article 268781 for more information on netset.exe.
4. The first time diagnostics are run in a Windows environment on NetXtreme II devices, the diagnostic driver must be installed. Windows will either automatically install the driver, in which case, no action is required by the user, or Windows will ask to be directed to the INF file for the diagnostic driver. If you are prompted to install the driver, please direct the Windows dialog to search for the driver in the directory where the Broadcom driver package was unzipped. You may also search your hard drive for the file “bxdiag.inf.”
5. When loading drivers through the PNP (Plug and Play) method, users can occasionally end up loading the RIS drivers accidentally. Generally this occurs when a user is asked to point to the proper driver for the device, and the user selects the folder containing the RIS drivers as the driver for the device. This can result in network connections that fail to communicate across the network, as the NDIS driver will fail to bind to the devices. The most obvious way to identify the problem scenario is to open BACS and look at the network adapters displayed. Adapters that have the RIS drivers installed will be grayed out. Observing the driver loaded for the System Device portion of the Broadcom NetXtreme II devices will show that the RIS driver is loaded. Additionally, attempts to load the drivers using the installer will result in NDIS drivers displaying a yellow bang, as they’re not able to bind to the VBD driver. The easiest way to correct the problem is to run add/remove programs on all installed Broadcom devices, and then re-run the installer.
6. Windows Pre-installation Environment (WinPE for short) does not contain native support for 5708, 5709, 5716, 57710 and 57711 devices on operating systems prior to Windows Server 2008 R2. In order to “inject” driver support into Windows PE, refer to the steps provided by Microsoft at: http://support.microsoft.com/kb/923834/en-us. Broadcom 5708 Network Controller support is available as a native driver package in the Windows Server 2008 OS.
7. Network Teaming limitation with iSCSI offload: When iSCSI offload is enabled on Broadcom NetXtreme II NIC's or LOM's, only SLB teaming mode is supported. In order to create other teaming modes like 802.3ad and FEC/GEC, you will need to disable iSCSI offload. You can disable the iSCSI offload by a. launching the Broadcom Advanced Control Suite 3 (BACS 3). b. select the adapter you want to add to the team c. click the configurations tab, extend resource reservations. d. Uncheck iSCSI resource.
8. When iSCSI devices are installed on Windows Server 2003 or Server 2008, they will have the same friendlyname. View devices "by connections" in BACS3 on for managing iSCSI devices.
9. Restoring the team configuration with static IPv6 addresses may fail. Use either DHCP addresses for team configuration, or restore the team and re-apply the IP address manually if this issue is encountered.
10. When working in BACS while being logged into W2K3 x86 with a non-administrator account, the same icon that is used for a non-teamed adapter is being displayed for a teamed adapter. This is due to the fact the non-admin account cannot query the driver due to insufficient privileges.
11. Windows Server 2008 R2 is expected to support the ability to utilize the TCP Offload Engine (TOE) on child partitions for supported Guest operating systems. However, the stack supporting this feature was not fully matured upon the completion of this Windows drivers release. As a result, we do not recommend enabling this capability with these drivers until an update to resolve these issues are released. This is now understood to be a third-party issue.
12. After upgrading to this version of the software in W2K8 we have noticed that during a team restore in BACS3 that not all of the IPv4 addresses for VLANS are restored properly. This may require that the team be recreated and saved.
13. Remote install of Windows Server 2008 R2 over non-offload path (MSFT stack) with new Broadcom adapters, e.g. 57711, which are not supported by the inbox driver will fail. The problem is due to a conflict between the inbox (boot.wim) driver not able to support the new adapters. Although the installer provides a newer driver externally during the installation, the OS reverts back to the inbox. Please refer to the workaround provided through the following link:http://attachments.wetpaintserv.us/JA9hJcVpHrEi11mJ19vYVg%3D%3D23856.
Alternatively, Microsoft’s proposed solution is to build a custom install DVD by extracting the boot.wim and overwrite the .INF and .SYS files with Broadcom’s newer driver set. Please read Microsoft’s WAIK documentation for instruction process.
Note: Remote install of Windows Server 2008 R2 over Broadcom iSCSI Offload path does not have an issue.
14. Flow control statistics (MAC Sent X-ON, MAC Sent X-OFF and MAC Rx w/ no Pause Command) are reported incorrectly within BACS for 57710 based adapters. There is no functional impact and device is working as expected.
15. Receive Side Scaling (RSS) on TCP offloaded connections require a minimum of 8 gigabytes of RAM and only works for the 64-bit version of Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2008 R2. This feature is not supported in Windows Server 2003 due to a limitation in this operating system. RSS on non-offloaded connections, however, is supported for Windows 2003 SP2 and later.
16. WoL with NPar: When using Wake on LAN (WoL) with NIC Partitioning, all of the devices that comprise a port must be shut down to cause the WoL configuration to be written to the controller during operating system shutdown. If only a single function is shut down, the WoL configuration might not be written to the controller, and the controller might not wake.
17. Editing BASP teams: There is a known problem where editing a BASP team in BACS can sometimes cause a failover to occur on another team. This is currently believed to be a Microsoft issue, and Broadcom is pursuing a fix or workaround.
18. NC-SI with IOMMU: There is a known problem using NC-SI with IOMMU enabled, that can cause link down/up under stress conditions. If this occurs, disabled IOMMU in the BIOS.
brcm_dd_nic_7_6_51_0_windows_32-64_chg
uEFI Flash Update Version 1.50 (BuildID BEE136B) Change History
Version 1.00 - BuildID: BEE112C (Initial Release) ------------------------------------------------- Problem(s) Fixed: 1.Initial Release. Enhancements: Limitations: Dependencies: Version 1.01 - BuildID: BEE112E ------------------------------------------------- Problem(s) Fixed: 1.Missing one SEL and Error LED won't lit on when run Best card Uncorrectable script on Dingo riser card. 2.Fixed Win2008 32bit reporting memory IO fail 3.Fixed The HW Raid Card plug into the Slot3 of Wagga Riser ,LSI SW Raid will be disabled. 4.Fixed Remote media capability does not allow mount of image 5.Add protection code for AC cycle lost Eth2 issue 6.Patch for Error log cannot mapping to HW sticker lable slot number 7.Update LSI SWRaid UEFI Driver to 0223 version. 8.For OEM build. Enhancements: Limitations: Dependencies:
Version 1.20 - BuildID: BEE120B ------------------------------------------------- Problem(s) Fixed: 1.Correct flash banks definition 2.No event log created or messenge displayed after clear CMOS by battery or adjusting switch 3.Fixed TPM 1.2 UEFI Preboot interface test failed. 4.Fixed System will hang if plug LSI HWRaid Card which no include uEFI driver. Enhancements: Limitations: Dependencies:
Version 1.30 - BuildID: BEE124C ------------------------------------------------- Problem(s) Fixed: 1.No event log been created if switch the CMOS Jumper. 2.Option ROM Execution order only contain 3 PCIE cards for adjust . 3.Enabled Spread Spectrum to 0.25% if 81Y9990 or 49Y7910 was present. 4.The numbers in bootdevice manager Menu do not match the physical rear USB Ports. 5.Slot number for LSI "Hatteras" card is incorrect in smbios type 9. 6.[w/a]Fixed system show yellow mark due to no device on AHCI controller in W2012. 7.When trigger any uncorrectable Best card Script ,LED won't lit on.And missing some log. 8.When Surprise linkdown Best card in Windows 2012, system won't BSOD.
Enhancements: Limitations: Dependencies:
Version 1.40 - BuildID: BEE128C ------------------------------------------------- Problem(s) Fixed: - Improved handling of missing values for iSCSI initiator name - Corrected handling of pre-boot serial port redirection settings - Corrected garbled SOL output strings during early phases of UEFI booting - Clarified actions required to effect changes to Trusted Platform Module (TPM) setup - Corrected failure to load some default settings on CMOS battery failure - Improved wording for progress codes and messages - Corrected boot configuration problem - Fix FoD not working in Legacy only mode with M5110 - Correct the "BIOS capability" behavior Enhancements: - Updated DMI Type 17 support for for new memory devices - Improved general Reliability/Availability/Serviceability support - Added ability to resize PCIE IO base address registers dynamically - Improved handling of memory in high stress application/usage - Added ACPI Firmware First logging support - Added setup capability to select PCIE Config Base below 4GB - Added informational messages when exiting UEFI F1 Setup Limitations: - When flashing UEFI from version 1.20 or later down to version 1.1x or lower, a "Boot Configuration Error" message will be logged into the UEFI error log. This error does has no impact on the system configuration or operation. No errors are logged when flashing from an earlier version to version 1.20. Dependencies: - The IMM firmware must be at BUILDID: 1AOO34Z Version: 1.85 (ibm_fw_imm2_1aoo34z-1.85_anyos_noarch) or higher prior to installing UEFI version 1.30. If the IMM level is lower, the UEFI update module will be rejected as invalid because of additional security features features implemented in this release.
Version 1.41 - BuildID: BEE128D ------------------------------------------------- Problem(s) Fixed: - Fix Kernal panic when boot up with FoD A2GT Enhancements: - Add "16G 1600MHz RDIMM Performance Issue" workaround. Limitations: - When flashing UEFI from version 1.20 or later down to version 1.1x or lower, a "Boot Configuration Error" message will be logged into the UEFI error log. This error does has no impact on the system configuration or operation. No errors are logged when flashing from an earlier version to version 1.20. Dependencies: - The IMM firmware must be at BUILDID: 1AOO34Z Version: 1.85 (ibm_fw_imm2_1aoo34z-1.85_anyos_noarch) or higher prior to installing UEFI version 1.30. If the IMM level is lower, the UEFI update module will be rejected as invalid because of additional security features features implemented in this release.
Version 1.42 - BuildID: BEE128G ------------------------------------------------- Problem(s) Fixed: - Incorporated Microcode Update (MCU) M6D206D7_00000710 to address Intel Erratum BT248 for System Resets with 32-bit (PAE Enabled) Guest OS and VT FlexPriority enabled. For more information, refer to IBM RETAIN Tip H21370. Enhancements:
Limitations: - When flashing UEFI from version 1.20 or later down to version 1.1x or lower, a "Boot Configuration Error" message will be logged into the UEFI error log. This error does has no impact on the system configuration or operation. No errors are logged when flashing from an earlier version to version 1.20. Dependencies: - The IMM firmware must be at BUILDID: 1AOO34Z Version: 1.85 (ibm_fw_imm2_1aoo34z-1.85_anyos_noarch) or higher prior to installing UEFI version 1.30. If the IMM level is lower, the UEFI update module will be rejected as invalid because of additional security features features implemented in this release.
Version 1.43 - BuildID: BEE128I ------------------------------------------------- Problem(s) Fixed: - Fix ACE production environment slow Enhancements:
Limitations: - When flashing UEFI from version 1.20 or later down to version 1.1x or lower, a "Boot Configuration Error" message will be logged into the UEFI error log. This error does has no impact on the system configuration or operation. No errors are logged when flashing from an earlier version to version 1.20. Dependencies: - The IMM firmware must be at BUILDID: 1AOO34Z Version: 1.85 (ibm_fw_imm2_1aoo34z-1.85_anyos_noarch) or higher prior to installing UEFI version 1.30. If the IMM level is lower, the UEFI update module will be rejected as invalid because of additional security features features implemented in this release.
Version 1.50 - BuildID: BEE136B ------------------------------------------------- Problem(s) Fixed: - Fix CPU frequence lockdown when UEFI recalibrates the power levels during first cold boot Enhancements: - Power off the server after N boot attempts without locating a boot device. - Enable help string scroll when the help text cannot show all at current page. - Reboot to UEFI setup by using ASU or Windows 2012 - Add notification and recovery option when UEFI detects GPT corruption during POST. - Variable store self-healing - Support Mezz card share function Limitations: - When flashing UEFI from version 1.30 or later down to version 1.2x or lower, a "Boot Configuration Error" message will be logged into the UEFI error log. This error does has no impact on the system configuration or operation. No errors are logged when flashing from an earlier version to version 1.30. Dependencies: - The IMM firmware must be at BUILDID: 1AOO34Z Version: 1.85 (ibm_fw_imm2_1aoo34z-1.85_anyos_noarch) or higher prior to installing UEFI version 1.30. If the IMM level is lower, the UEFI update module will be rejected as invalid because of additional security features features implemented in this release. ibm_fw_uefi_bee136b-1_50_anyos_32-64_chg
Firmware version: 4.6.281.21 (supported on IBM System x, BladeCenter and Flex)
Problems Fixed: - OCe10 VFA CNAs stuck in "Switch Independent Mode" - Port Identification fails on Port 1 under uEFI menu for PCIe rack VFA
Incremental Interoperability: - Emulex Dual Port 10GbE SFP+ VFA IIIr for IBM System x - Emulex Dual Port 10GbE SFP+ Embedded VFA IIIr for IBM System x - IBM Flex System CN4054R 10Gb Virtual Fabric Adapter - IBM Ivy Bridge CPU Based Servers
Known Issues: - After making changes to any options in the sub-menus under 'controller configuration' in the Emulex UEFI NIC configuration utility and escaping to the prior menu, there is no prompt to save the changes. Be sure to select 'Save' before exiting the configuration menu. Applies to some legacy rack and blade servers.
- Intermittently, when changing the multichannel mode, the system will not auto-reboot after exiting F1 UEFI setup and will continue through POST. Manually reboot the server to ensure all changes are applied. Applies to some legacy rack and blade servers.
- When using a Cisco Nexus 4001i Switch Module, intermittently the 10Gb link may come up as 1Gb link speed. An internal switch port bounce will typically establish a 10Gb link. Setting the switch port speed to fixed 10000 will also allow a guaranteed 10Gb connection. More info available in the Cisco Nexus 4001i Switch Module firmware release notes.
Firmware version: 4.6.281.8 (supported on IBM System x, BladeCenter and Flex)
Problems Fixed: - HW iSCSI offload is now supported in UFP Mode (UFP limited to IBM Flex) - Server may hang during boot with multichannel disabled with switch default settings. The IBM 10Gb Virtual Fabric Switch has trunking enabled and the Brocade Converged 10Gbe Switch Module has ports in "Access" mode. If the Brocade Converged 10Gbe Switch Module ports are switched to trunking mode, the hang no longer occurs. - When using Config Patterns with virtual MACs the bandwidth settings are are intermittently reset after some number of server reboots.
Incremental Interoperability: - IBM Flex System Fabric SI4093 System Interconnect Module - IBM Flex System EN6131 40Gb Ethernet Switch - IBM Flex System x222 10Gb Virtual Fabric LOM - SLES 11.3 on IBM System x and BladeCenter - Complete NIC/iSCSI/FCoE support for ASU/Config Patterns for Flex and ASU for IBM System x & BladeCenter
Known Issues: - After making changes to any options in the sub-menus under 'controller configuration' in the Emulex UEFI NIC configuration utility and escaping to the prior menu, there is no prompt to save the changes. Be sure to select 'Save' before exiting the configuration menu. Applies to some legacy rack and blade servers.
- Intermittently, when changing the multichannel mode, the system will not auto-reboot after exiting F1 UEFI setup and will continue through POST. Manually reboot the server to ensure all changes are applied. Applies to some legacy rack and blade servers.
- When using a Cisco Nexus 4001i Switch Module, intermittently the 10Gb link may come up as 1Gb link speed. An internal switch port bounce will typically establish a 10Gb link. Setting the switch port speed to fixed 10000 will also allow a guaranteed 10Gb connection. More info available in the Cisco Nexus 4001i Switch Module firmware release notes.
Firmware version: 4.6.166.9 (supported on IBM System x & BladeCenter)
Problems Fixed: - When connected to Cisco Nexus 4k and 5k switches, the virtual link may not recover on a switch port bounce (shut/no shut) in an ESXi environment. A switch port re-bounce will recover the link.
- When connected to Cisco Nexus 4k and 5k switches, OneCommand Manager reports CRC's and there is poor network performance in an ESXi environment
- In some cases of heavy traffic or broadcast storm, users can experience a loss of ethernet connectivity or PSOD (ESXi)
Incremental Interoperability: - ASU/Config Pattern configuration for iSCSI and FCoE (BE3) - UFP for iSCSI (BE3) - Support for using 10Gb ports with legacy 1Gb switches installed in a BladeCenter-S chassis or MSIM/MSIM-T expansion units in a BladeCenter-H or -HT chassis - Update Express System Packs now support Linux errata kernels - ESXi 5.1
Known Issues: - After making changes to any options in the sub-menus under 'controller configuration' in the Emulex UEFI NIC configuration utility and escaping to the prior menu, there is no prompt to save the changes. Be sure to select 'Save' before exiting the configuration menu. Applies to some legacy rack and blade servers.
- Intermittently, when changing the multichannel mode, the system will not auto-reboot after exiting F1 UEFI setup and will continue through POST. Manually reboot the server to ensure all changes are applied. Applies to some legacy rack and blade servers.
- Server may hang during boot with multichannel disabled with switch default settings. The IBM 10Gb Virtual Fabric Switch has trunking enabled and the Brocade Converged 10Gbe Switch Module has ports in "Access" mode. If the Brocade Converged 10Gbe Switch Module ports are switched to trunking mode, the hang no longer occurs.
- When using a Cisco Nexus 4001i Switch Module, intermittently the 10Gb link may come up as 1Gb link speed. An internal switch port bounce will typically establish a 10Gb link. Setting the switch port speed to fixed 10000 will also allow a guaranteed 10Gb connection. More info available in the Cisco Nexus 4001i Switch Module firmware release notes.
Firmware Version: 4.4.180.3 (Previously supported on IBM Flex)
Problems Fixed:
- 10Gb ports intermittenly linking at 1Gb speed with the IBM Flex System Fabric EN4093/EN4093R 10Gb Scalable Switch. - Switch Configuration after an erase configuration is not reflected after reboot - 'Logical Admin Link' not enabled after applying BOFM in Switch Agnostic mode - IBM pre-boot Diagnostics NIC physical loopback test fails in Command and GUI mode - Multiple cosmetic issues with iSCSI UEFI BIOS - 10Gb ports do not detect 'Link Down' with some switches - When adding an iSCSI hardware target in UEFI through discovery login, the boot target setting is ignored.
Interoperability since previous release:
- UEFI 2.3.1 Compliance - Increased VF count in SR-IOV (was 16 VFs per port, is now 32 VFs per port) - Support for next generation 10GbaseT PHY - Expose IBM Feature On Demand licensing information in UEFI configuration utility - IBM Universal Configuration Manager for Ethernet - IBM Unified Fabric Protocol - Ability to assign Switch Agnostic VLAN IDs without intermediate reboot - Changes to Personality or Multichannel in PXESelect allows further changes to be made w/o reboot - Support for IBM Flex System Fabric CN4093 10Gb Converged Scalable Switch
Known Issues:
- HW iSCSI offload is not currently supported in UFP mode
Firmware Version: 4.1.422.8 (Previously supported on IBM Flex)
Problems Fixed:
- PHY Loopback fails on 10G ports - RH 6.2 and W2k8 servers crashed after shut/no shut the switch port with FCoE connection and 50 vlans configured - DSA: NIC physical loopback test fails in Command and GUI mode - Firmware update fails to update all VPD Code Level fields - DCBX does not converge with FW 4.1.422 on Cicso 5k.
Interoperability Since Previous Release:
- Support for IBM Flex System x440 10Gb Virtual Fabric LOM
Firmware Version: 4.1.422.0 (Previously supported on IBM Flex)
Problems Fixed:
- SR IOV: Unable to ping IPV6 from DUT VF to Peer VF - Reading VPD from BE3 timesout making SR IOV fail in newer kernels - 1Gb devices are being suppressed by kernel during the PCI probe in SLES11 SP2 - MAC Loopback fails when Mgmt Adapter Creation fails - Failure of MAC loopback test after firmware update and warm reboot - Suppress efat dump mailbox commands in the efat dump log - Running ethtool with BE3 takes longer than expected after cable pull - Out of Order CQEs - TRACE_LOG function not printing the messages for some of the VF's - esx4/5 issue. svc target cannot be configured properly - RSCN is not generated by switch when a driver restarts - Port Link stays up even after switch removed
Interoperability Since Previous Release:
- Support for IBM Flex System EN4054 4-port 10Gb Ethernet Adapter - Support for IBM Flex System CN4054 10Gb Virtual Fabric Adapter - Support for IBM Flex System x240 10Gb Virtual Fabric LOM - Support for IBM Flex System Manager 10Gb Virtual Fabric LOM
Firmware Version: 4.2.433.3 (Previously supported on IBM SystemX & BladeCenter)
Problems Fixed:
- Intermittent link status with IBM Virtual Fabric Switch when set to IBM Virtual Fabric Mode - The option to enable/disable SRIOV on HS23 LOM Port 0 is missing from OneCommand Manager. This selection is available in UEFI F1 setup. - Under high network stress, NMI errors can be seen with x3690 X5 and x3850 X5 - 10GbE ports running at 1GbE speed 10% below wirespeed at certain block sizes. - Unable to perform PXE boot with LPVID assigned to vNIC interface - 1Gb ports of HS23 do not handle tagging properly if multichannel mode enabled (pnic ok). Note: ESX driver patch also required. - Port flapping link after FW upgrade and "reboot" when connected to 10Gb PTM module (DAC)
Interoperability Since Previous Release:
- Support for Emulex Virtual Fabric Adapter Advanced (BE2) for IBM BladeCenter - Support for Emulex Virtual Fabric Adapter (BE2) for IBM BladeCenter - Support for Emulex Virtual Fabric Adapter (BE2) for IBM System X
Known Issues:
- All 10Gb KX4 ports must be used with 10Gb switches. They will not link at 1Gb. This applies to HS23 LOM and IBM BladeCenter VFA adapters only. - IPv6 IP address not visible via IMM GUI for IBM Option 90Y6456
Firmware Version: 4.2.412.0 (Previously supported on IBM SystemX & BladeCenter)
Problems Fixed:
- All VFS on Port 1 on optional Card unreachable from outside the host (x3750 M4) - 'Logical Admin Link' not enabled after applying BOFM in Switch Agnostic mode - IBM pre-boot Diagnostics NIC physical loopback test fails in Command and GUI mode - Multiple cosmetic issues with iSCSI UEFI BIOS - 10Gb ports do not detect 'Link Down' with some switches - 1Gb ports on HS23 LOM not able link up with IBM ICPM (FRU part 44W4486) in BCS chassis - Performance issues with specific DAC cables and SND top of rack switch
Interoperability Since Previous Release:
- UEFI 2.3.1 Compliance - Increased VF count in SR-IOV (was 16 VFs per port, is now 32 VFs per port) - Support for next generation 10GbaseT PHY - Expose IBM Feature On Demand licensing information in UEFI configuration utility
Known Issues:
- All 10Gb ports must be used with 10Gb switches. They will not link at 1Gb. - IPv6 IP address not visible via IMM GUI for IBM Option 90Y6456 - Intermittent link status with IBM Virtual Fabric Switch when set to IBM Virtual Fabric Mode - The option to enable/disable SRIOV on HS23 LOM Port 0 is missing from OneCommand Manager. This selection is available in UEFI F1 setup.
Firmware Version: 4.1.455.6 (Previously supported on IBM SystemX & BladeCenter)
Problems Fixed:
- Fixed an issue where ASIC randomly hangs losing network connectivity when certain commands are sent from the host. Resulting behavior varies between OS's (Yellow bangs in Windows, PSOD in VMWare) - PHY Loopback fails on 10G ports - UE and hang on LOM or Robalo when powering off Janice in UEFI or PXESelect - Loopback on HS23 now functional in DSAp - DCBX does not converge with firmware on a FCoE fabric - Control C Broken on BE2 - 7 second delay in GET_CARD_ATTRIBUTES command - Emulex VF adapter FCoE link lost on VMware 5.0 - flow control set for 10G Base T phys for autonegotiation - Dynamic link update is not working with NIC UEFI driver - Remove unused definitions in UEFI NIC - Emulex driver expects that the Login Options field be zero - "map r" displays a iSCSI BLK device when no LUNs presented - "X/x Exit without save" does not work as expected - Display proper description as part of EFI Driver Model Related Information - Intermittent "Configuration changed. reset to apply it now?" - Garbled output being displayed at the LUN configuration section. - All Emulex Configuration settings get lost after a reset - Perform additional checks when no Luns are mapped to the target - CHAP name only accepts 6 to 10 characters - Hii ???iSCSI Initiator Configuration??? showing old version screen - iSCSI name is case sensitive - iSCSI HII allows user to select first 8 LUNs as bootable. - iSCSI Boot Enable/Disable option should be port specific - LUN Configuration shows LUN 0, even if no LUNs presented to initiator.
Interoperability Since Previous Release:
- Support for Emulex Virtual Fabric Adapter Advanced (CFFh, 2+2) for IBM BladeCenter
Firmware Version: 4.1.334.47 (Previously supported on IBM SystemX & BladeCenter)
Problems Fixed:
- NCSI transmit workaround for IBM - Issues with data reporting when BOFM enabled - Improved network performance throughput - Issues with IBM Management network performance - Logical link status for IBM mezz card shown as 'N/A' - Serial Over LAN fails when more than one blade installed with a single switch - Removed UEFI menu items for unsupported functions on a port - Issues with diagnositics in virtual NIC/UMC mode - Issues with MAC and PHY loopback on OneConnect devices - Several issues with FCoE on some OEM fabric switches
Interoperability Since Previous Release:
- Support for HS23 Virtual Fabric LAN on Motherboard - Support for VFA III (95Y3762, 95Y3768), 90Y6456 - Support for IBM's Features on Demand (FOD) - Formal support for SR-IOV
Firmware Version: 4.0.1062.0 (Previously supported on IBM SystemX & BladeCenter)
Problems Fixed:
- iLab Tucson - lpfc Device Resets and path failures continue after error inject. - Writes do not complete when running LIP test on BE3 port 2 - IPV6 implementations no longer experience an unrecognized routing type error. - VLAN tagging is now disabled on the OneConnect UCNA when multichannel is disabled. - UEFI/BIOS-assigned LPVIDs now function properly on the OneConnect 10102-based UCNA. - OneConnect UCNAs no longer send and receive only double-tagged packets and discard all other packets. - PHY, MAC, and External loopback tests no longer fail on all platforms. - Firmware now returns the proper OneConnect UCNA model number. - IPV6 implementations no longer experience an unrecognized routing type error. - Installing Windows 2008 or Windows 2008 R2 on remote iSCSI disks no longer causes the system to hang. - Issues no longer occur when resetting a server configured for multipathing on VMware ESX systems. - VLAN tagging is now disabled on the OneConnect UCNA when multichannel is disabled. - UEFI/BIOS-assigned LPVIDs now function properly on the OneConnect 10102-based UCNA. - OneConnect UCNAs no longer send and receive only double-tagged packets and discard all other packets. - An adapter hardware error no longer occurs when running I/O with LUNs on x86 platforms. - Changing from Convergence Enhanced Ethernet (CEE) to Chassis Internal Network (CIN) and then rebooting no longer fails to link-flap (CIN Fabric Login (FLOGI) now occurs). - PHY, MAC, and External loopback tests no longer fail on all platforms. - Firmware now returns the proper OneConnect UCNA model number. - DCB settings can now be configured. - (iSCSISelect) When enabling DHCP for an iSCSI initiator, the Emulex iSCSI Network Configuration utility now waits approximately 20 seconds to make a DHCP connection before returning control. - (FCoE BootBIOS) FCF CEE parameters for Boot from SAN configuration are now saved properly.
Interoperability Since Previous Release:
- Added support for switch-independent multichannel mode. - Added support for IBM Virtual Fabric 10Gb RackSwitch firmware 6.8.1.0. - Added support for IBM Virtual Fabric 10G Switch Module firmware 6.8.1.0. - Added support for Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) on rack systems. - Added support for iSCSI hardware offload on rack systems. - Added support for Cisco Nexus 5000-series switches.
Converged Network Adapter STOR Miniport Driver for Windows Release Notes October 09, 2013
QLogic Corporation All rights reserved
Table of Contents
1. Version 2. Changes 3. Bug Fixes 4. Known Issues 5. History 6. Additional Information 7. Firmware Details 8. Trademarks 9. Notices 10. Contacting Support
1. Version
These release notes describe the changes, fixes, known issues, and release details that apply to the QLogic Converged Network Adapter miniport driver, version 9.1.11.12.
The Converged Network Adapter is supported with the following Microsoft Windows platforms:
* Windows Server 2008 * Windows Server 2008 Core * Windows Server 2008 SP2 * Windows Server 2008 SP2 Core * Windows Server 2008 R2 * Windows Server 2008 R2 Core * Windows Server 2012 * Windows Server 2012 R2
2. Changes
The following changes have been made to the Converged Network Adapter STOR miniport driver.
* Let NIC driver perform reset if NIC driver is present
3. Bug Fixes
The following fixes have been made to the Converged Network Adapter STOR miniport driver.
* ER89373 - FCoE driver stuck in DPC for too long causing assertion during peghalt testing * ER86864 - Updating Qlogic Firmware gives Read only Filesystem Error
4. Known Issues
None.
5. History
5.1 Version 9.1.9.38 - 01/04/12 ------------------
* Addressed issue related to peg halt tests.
5.2 Version 9.1.9.37 - 10/16/11 ------------------
* ER85860 - System unresponsive after FW hang * API version 1.28.0.90 (QLSDM)
5.3 Version 9.1.9.36 - 09/28/11 ------------------
* Log halt events and event 800267xy for ipe * Default to disable minidump * Improved sem5 polling for reset * ER83352 - QCC CLI hung after making personality change on QLE8242 * Cleaned up accumulated io completion properly when link down occurs * ER82074 - CNA 81xx can not load the driver after hot plug in OEM system * ER84718 - Assertion failures and system hang when peg halt is done in loop with NIC and FCoE driver running. * API version 1.28.0.90 (QLSDM)
5.4 Version 9.1.9.19 - 05/11/11 ------------------
* Added support and retry logic code to track down io failure during link down.
5.5 Version 9.1.9.18 - 03/01/11 ------------------
* Made compatible with OEM DSM that handles only path failure by deferring io error when link/port down timeout exceeds.
5.6 Version 9.1.9.17 - 02/14/11 ------------------
* Added new cold reset when loaded before nic driver during IBFT. * Synchronized vp's rscn handling with vp 0.
5.7 Version 9.1.9.16 - 02/01/11 ------------------
* ER78315 - Target discovery not completed within port down timeout would cause driver to logout the first discovered target. * ER78316 - Target discovery was initiated prior to firmware ready. * ER78827 - The firmware version in QCC is not updated correctly after flashing using NIC interface. * API version 1.28.0.83 (QLSDM) * Firmware v5.04.04
5.8 Version 9.1.9.15 - 10/01/10 ------------------
* Added support for the 82xx family of Converged Network Adapters * API version 1.28.0.80 (QLSDM) * Firmware v5.04.01
5.9 Version 9.1.8.27 - 05/18/10 ------------------
* ER71241 - Degraded write performance with large file and Windows Server 2008 R2 file system * API version 1.28.0.73 (QLSDM) * Firmware v5.03.02
5.10 Version 9.1.8.26 - 03/18/10 ------------------
* Added LR Converged Network Adapter Adapter support (QLE81xx) * Updated embedded firmware to v5.3.2 (QLE8042) * Addressed virtual link down issue reported by HDS (ER68836) * API version 1.28.0.73 (QLSDM) * Firmware v5.03.02
5.11 Version 9.1.8.19 - 12/11/09 ------------------
* System freezes after active BNT CEE switch is rebooted * Adapter management utility fails to delete Virtual ports * API version 1.28.0.73 (QLSDM) * Firmware v5.02.01
5.12 Version 9.1.8.17 - 05/21/09 ------------------
* API version 1.28.0.73 (QLSDM) * Firmware v5.01.03
6. Additional Information
None.
7. Firmware Information
Firmware is resident on the adapter, for Converged Network Adapters.
8. Trademarks
Accelera, Accelerating Cluster Performance, FastFabric, InfiniCon Systems, InfiniNIC, InfiniPath, InfiniView, Intelligent NIC, Networking University, NetXen, QLogic, the QLogic logo, ReadyPath, SANdoctor, SANsurfer, and SilverStorm are registered trademarks of QLogic Corporation. To the extent a name or logo does not appear on this list does not constitute a waiver of any and all intellectual property rights that QLogic Corporation or its subsidiaries has established in any of its product, feature, or service names or logos. All other brand and product names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.
9. Notices
Information furnished in this document is believed to be accurate and reliable. However, QLogic Corporation assumes no responsibility for its use, nor for any infringements of patents or other rights of third parties which may result from its use. QLogic Corporation reserves the right to change product specifications at any time without notice. Applications described in this document for any of these products are only for illustrative purposes. QLogic Corporation makes no representation nor warranty that such applications are suitable for the specified use without further testing or modification. QLogic Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document.
10. Contacting Support
Please feel free to contact your QLogic approved reseller or QLogic Technical Support at any phase of integration for assistance. QLogic Technical Support can be reached by the following methods:
(c) Copyright 2012. All rights reserved worldwide. QLogic, the QLogic logo, and the Powered by QLogic logo are registered trademarks of QLogic Corporation. All other brand and product names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners. qlgc_dd_fc_cna-9_1_11_12_windows_32-64_chg
Matrox G200eR (Renesas) Display Only Driver for Windows Server 2012
Rev. 4.00.01.004 - Certified with WHCK Build (8400)
KNOWN ISSUES ------------ - None
HISTORY ------- Rev. 4.00.01.003 - Beta version mtrox_dd_video_4_00_01_004_winsrvr_64_chg
Broadcom Firmware Update Utility for IBM servers and options using the Broadcom NetXtreme and NetXtreme II ethernet adapter.
Version 2.2.1a, September 10, 2013
This package updates the Broadcom firmware for the following items:
package version 2.2.1a ======================= -Changes were made to the 42C1781, 90Y9370, 90Y9352, 39Y6066, 49Y4220, 49Y7910, 49Y7900. (See above list for the firmware levels in your Broadcom Device.)
package version 2.1.9a ============================================================================================ -Changes made to the 5718, 5719 and 5720 firmware levels. (90Y9352, 90Y9370, 49Y7900. See above list for current firmware levels.) -No change for NX2 products in this package.
package version 2.1.8e ====================== Problems Fixed: - Changes were made to the UEFI code to fix 49Y7910(BCM57712/Cobia) issues.
package version 2.1.8d (See brcm_fw_nic_2.1.8d-chg_anyos_anycpu.zip for details.) Problems Fixed: - Changes were made to the boot code for the 46M6164, 46M6168, 49Y7910 and 81Y3133. - Changes were mande to the PXE code for the 39Y6066, 42C1780, 42C1781, 42C1790, 42C1791, 44W4466, 44W4475, 44W4479, 44X1940, 46M6164, 46M6168, 49Y4220, 49Y7910 and 81Y3133. - Changes were made to the UEFI code for the 42C1780, 42C1781, 42C1790, 42C1791, 44W4466, 44W4475, 44W4479, 44X1940, 46M6164, 46M6168, 49Y4220, 49Y7910 and 81Y3133. - Changes were made to the iSCSI code for the 42C1780, 42C1781, 49Y4220 and 49Y7910.
package version 2.1.7e (See brcm_fw_nic_2.1.7e-chg_anyos_anycpu.zip for details.) Problems Fixed: - Changes were made to the UEFI code for the 42C1780, 42C1781, 44W4475 , 44W4479 , 44X1940
and 49Y4220. - Added support for the 49Y7910.
package version 2.1.7d (See brcm_fw_nic_2.1.7d-chg_anyos_anycpu.zip for details.) Problems Fixed: - Changes were made to the UEFI code for the 42C1780, 42C1781, 42C1790, 42C1791, 44W4465 , 44W4466 , 44W4475 , 44W4479 , 44X1940 , 46M6164 , 46M6168, 49Y4220 and 81Y3133. - Fixed a problem where the MAC addresses for the HS22/HS22V LOM were incorrectly set to zero.
package version 2.1.7c (See brcm_fw_nic_2.1.7c-chg_anyos_anycpu.zip for details.) Problems Fixed: - Changes were made to the boot code for the 46M6164 and 46M6168. - Changes were made to the NCSI code for the 46M6164 and 46M6168. - Changes were made to the PXE code for the 42C1790, 42C1791, 46M6164, 46M6168, 44W4465 and 44W4466. - Changes were made to the UEFI code for the 42C1790, 42C1791, 46M6164, 46M6168, 44W4465 and 44W4466. - Changes were made to the iSCSI code for the 42C1780, 42C1781 and 49Y4220.
package version 2.1.7b (See brcm_fw_nic_2.1.7b-chg_anyos_anycpu.zip for details.) Problems Fixed: - Fixed problem running the PPC firmware update tool on some PPC systems.
package version 2.1.7a (See brcm_fw_nic_2.1.7a-chg_anyos_anycpu.zip for details.) Problems Fixed: - Changes were made to the boot code for the 1909, 1936, 1949, 3808, 3809, 3815, 3817, 3821, 3822, 4195, 4198, 4199, 4254, 4255, 7141, 7144, 7145, 7146, 7148, 7149, 7164, 7233, 7234, 7378, 7379, 7380, 7809, 7836, 7837, 7839, 7870, 7871, 7901, 7902, 7944, 7945, 7946, 7947, 42C1780, 42C1781, 42C1790, 42C1791, 44W4475, 44W4479, 44X1940, 46M6164, 46M6168 and 49Y4220 - Changes were made to the NCSI code for the 1909, 1936, 1949, 3808, 3809, 3815, 3817, 3821, 3822, 4195, 4198, 4199, 4254, 4255, 7145, 7146, 7148, 7149, 7164, 7378, 7379, 7380, 7809, 7836, 7837, 7839, 7870, 7871, 7872, 7944, 7945, 7946, 7947, 44W4475, 44W4479, 46M6164 and 46M6168. - Changes were made to the iSCSI code for the 42C1780, 42C1781 and 49Y4220. - Changes were made to the UEFI code for the 46M6164, 46M6168, 44W4465, 44W4466, 44W4475, 44W4479, 44X1940, 42C1780, 42C1781, 42C1790, 42C1791 and 49Y4220. - Changes were made to the PXE code for the 39Y6066, 42C1780, 42C1781, 42C1790, 42C1791, 44W4465, 44W4466, 44W4475, 44W4479, 44X1940, 46M6164, 46M6168 and 49Y4220.
package version 2.1.6b (See brcm_fw_nic_2.1.6b-chg_anyos_anycpu.zip for details.) Problems Fixed: - The update tool was modified to fix a problem updating the firmware when certain option cards are installed in the system.
package version 2.1.6a (See brcm_fw_nic_2.1.6a-chg_anyos_anycpu.zip for details.) Problems Fixed: - Changes were made to the boot code for the 1909, 1936, 1949, 3808, 3809, 3815, 3817, 3821, 3822, 4195, 4198, 4199, 4254, 4255, 7141, 7144, 7145, 7146, 7148, 7149, 7164, 7233, 7234, 7378, 7379, 7380, 7809, 7836, 7837, 7839, 7870, 7871, 7901, 7902, 7944, 7945, 7946, 7947, 42C1780, 42C1781, 44W4475, 44W4479, 44X1940, 46M6164, 46M6168 and 49Y4220 - Changes were made to the NCSI code for the 46M6164, 46M6168, 44W4465, 44W4466, 42C1790, and 42C1791. - Changes were made to the iSCSI code for the 42C1780, 42C1781 and 49Y4220. - Changes were made to the UEFI code for the 46M6164, 46M6168, 44W4465, 44W4466, 44W4475, 44W4479, 44X1940, 42C1780, 42C1781, 42C1790, 42C1791 and 49Y4220. - Changes were made to the PXE code for the 39Y6066, 42C1780, 42C1781, 42C1790, 42C1791, 44W4465, 44W4466, 44W4475, 44W4479, 44X1940, 46M6164, 46M6168 and 49Y4220.
package version 2.1.5b (See brcm_fw_nic_2.1.5b-chg_anyos_anycpu.zip for details.) Problems Fixed: - Added iSCSI config update support for mfg.
package version 2.1.5a (See brcm_fw_nic_2.1.5a-chg_anyos_anycpu.zip for details.) Problems Fixed: - Changes were made to the NCSI code for the 1909, 1936, 1949, 3808, 3809, 3815, 3817, 3821, 3822, 4195, 4198, 4199, 4254, 4255, 7145, 7146, 7148, 7149, 7164, 7378, 7379, 7380, 7809, 7836, 7837, 7839, 7870, 7871, 7872, 7944, 7945, 7946, 7947, 44W4475, 44W4479, 42C1790 and 42C1791 - Changes were made to the UEFI code for the 46M6164, 46M6168, 44W4465, 44W4466, 44W4475, 44W4479, 44X1940, 42C1780, 42C1781, 42C1790, 42C1791 and 49Y4220. - Changes were made to the IPMI code for the 7141, 7144, 7233, 7234, 7901 and 7902.
package version 2.1.4a (See brcm_fw_nic_2.1.4a-chg_anyos_anycpu.zip for details.) Problems Fixed: - Changes were made to the PXE code for the 39Y6066, 42C1780, 42C1781, 42C1790, 42C1791, 44W4465, 44W4466, 44W4475, 44W4479, 44X1940, 46M6164 and 46M6168. - Changes were made to the UEFI code for the 42C1780, 42C1781, 42C1790, 42C1791, 44W4465, 44W4466, 44W4475, 44W4479, 44X1940, 46M6164 and 46M6168.
package version 2.1.3c (See brcm_fw_nic_2.1.3c-chg_anyos_anycpu.zip for details.) Problems Fixed: - Changes were made to the iSCSI code for the 42C1780 and 42C1781. - Changes were made to the UEFI code for the 42C1780, 42C1781, 42C1790, 42C1791, 44W4465, 44W4466, 44W4475, 44W4479, 44X1940, 46M6164 and 46M6168. - Changes were made to the boot code for the 46M6164 and 46M6168.
Enhancements: - Added version check to prevent firmware updates of code that is not newer than already installed code. - Added "-force" command line option to allow forcing the firmware update.
package version 2.1.3b (See brcm_fw_nic_2.1.3b-chg_anyos_anycpu.zip for details.) Problems Fixed: - Changes were made to the boot code for the 1936, 1949, 3808, 3809, 3815, 3817, 3821, 3822, 4198, 4199, 4254, 4255, 7141, 7144, 7145, 7146, 7233, 7234, 7378, 7379, 7380, 7836, 7837, 7839, 7870, 7871, 7901, 7902, 7944, 7945, 7946, 7947, 42C1780, 42C1781, 44W4475, 44W4479 and 44X1940. - Changes were made to the NCSI code for the 1936, 1949, 3808, 3809, 3815, 3817, 3821, 3822, 4198, 4199, 4254, 4255, 7145, 7146, 7378, 7379, 7380, 7836, 7837, 7839, 7870, 7871, 7944, 7945, 7946, 7947, 44W4475 and 44W4479. - Changes were made to the PXE code for the 39Y6066, 42C1780, 42C1781, 44W4475, 44W4479 and 44X1940. - Changes were made to the UEFI code for the 42C1780, 42C1781, 44W4475, 44W4479 and 44X1940. - Changes were made to the iSCSI code for the 42C1780 and 42C1781.
package version 2.1.3a (See brcm_fw_nic_2.1.3a-chg_anyos_anycpu.zip for details.) Problems Fixed: - Changes were made to the PXE code for the 26K4842, 39R8624, 39Y9306, 39Y9310, 42C1600, 42C1632, 46M6164, 46M6168, 44W4465, 44W4466, 73P9030, 22P7801, 31P6301, 31P6401, 39Y6079, 39Y6088, 39Y6093, 39Y6098, 42C1790, 42C1791, 73P3501, 73P4001, 73P4101 and 73P4201. - Changes were made to the UEFI code for the 46M6164, 46M6168, 44W4465, 44W4466, 42C1790, and 42C1791. - Changes were made to the NCSI code for the 46M6164, 46M6168, 44W4465, 44W4466, 42C1790, and 42C1791. - Changes were made to the boot code for the 46M6164, 46M6168, 44W4465, 44W4466, 42C1790, and 42C1791.
package version 2.1.1c (See brcm_fw_nic_2.1.1c-chg_anyos_anycpu.zip for details.) Problems Fixed: - none.
Enhancements: - Added support for the 1949, 4254, 4255, 7378, 7379, 7380, 7871, 7944 and 7945.
package version 2.1.1b (See brcm_fw_nic_2.1.1b-chg_anyos_anycpu.zip for details.) Problems Fixed: - Fixed problem where the firmware update failed to run correctly on RHEL5u4-XEN.
package version 2.1.1a (See brcm_fw_nic_2.1.1a-chg_anyos_anycpu.zip for details.) Problems Fixed: - Changes were made to the boot code for the 1885, 1913, 1914, 1915, 1936, 3808, 3809, 3815, 3817, 3821, 3822, 4198, 4199, 7141, 7144, 7163, 7233, 7234, 7809, 7836, 7837, 7839, 7870, 7901, 7902, 7946, 7947, 7978, 7979, 7995, 7996, 7997, 8853, 8877, 44W4465, 44W4466, 44W4475, 44W4479, 44X1940, 39Y6066, 42C1780, 42C1781, 42C1790 and 42C1791. - Changes were made to the NCSI code for the 1936, 3808, 3809, 3815, 3817, 3821, 3822, 4198, 4199, 7809, 7836, 7837, 7839, 7870, 7946, 7947, 44W4465, 44W4466, 44W4475, 44W4479, 42C1790 and 42C1791. - Changes were made to the PXE code for the 44W4465, 44W4466, 44W4475, 44W4479, 44X1940, 39Y6066, 42C1780, 42C1781, 42C1790 and 42C1791. - Changes were made to the UEFI code for the 44W4465, 44W4466, 44W4475, 44W4479, 44X1940, 42C1780, 42C1781, 42C1790 and 42C1791. - Changes were made to the iSCSI code for the 42C1780 and 42C1781.
Enhancements: - Added support for the 46M6164 and 46M6168.
package version 2.1.0a (See brcm_fw_nic_2.1.0a-chg_anyos_anycpu.zip for details.) Problems Fixed: - Changes were made to the boot code for the 1936, 3808, 3809, 3815, 3817, 3821, 3822, 4198, 4199, 7141, 7144, 7233, 7234, 7836, 7837, 7839, 7870, 7901, 7902, 7946, 7947, 42C1780, 42C1781, 42C1790, 42C1791, 44W4465, 44W4466, 44W4475, 44W4479 and 44X1940. - Changes were made to the PXE code for the 39Y6066, 42C1780, 42C1781, 42C1790, 42C1791, 44W4465, 44W4466, 44W4475, 44W4479 and 44X1940. - Changes were made to the ISCSI code for the 42C1780 and 42C1781.
package version 2.0.9h (See brcm_fw_nic_2.0.9h-chg_anyos_anycpu.zip for details.) Problems Fixed: - Removed the minimum boot code level check for the 44W4465 and 44W4466.
Enhancements: - Added support for the 3808, 3809, 3815, 3817, 3821, 3822, 4198, 4199, 7836, 7837, 7839 and 9233.
package version 2.0.9g (See brcm_fw_nic_2.0.9g-chg_anyos_anycpu.zip for details.) Problems Fixed: - Changes were made to the UEFI code for 42C1780, 42C1781, 42C1790, 42C1791, 44W4465 44W4466, 44W4475, 44W4479 and 44X1940. - Fixed the problem where the PXE code for the 44W4465 and 44W4466 failed to update under 64bit Linux.
Enhancements: - Added support for the 7946 and 7947.
package version 2.0.9f (See brcm_fw_nic_2.0.9f-chg_anyos_anycpu.zip for details.) Problems Fixed: - Changes were made to the boot code for the 1885, 1913, 1914, 1915, 7141, 7144, 7233, 7234,
7940, 7941, 7971, 7972, 7978, 7979, 7985, 7995, 7996, 7997, 8853, 8877, 39Y6066, 42C1780, 42C1781, 42C1790, 42C1791, 44W4465, 44W4466 and 44W4479. - Changes were made to the NCSI code for the 42C1790, 42C1791, 44W4465, 44W4466 and 44W4479. - Changes were made to the PXE code for 42C1790, 42C1791, 44W4465, 44W4466 and 44W4479.
Enhancements: - Added support for the 1936, 7870 and 44W4475. - Added UEFI code for 42C1790, 42C1791, 44W4465, 44W4466, 44W4479 and 44X1940.
package version 2.0.9e (See brcm_fw_nic_2.0.9e-chg_anyos_anycpu.zip for details.) Problems Fixed: - Added a bnx2 device driver version check for version 1.6.6b or greater.
package version 2.0.9c (See brcm_fw_nic_2.0.9c-chg_anyos_anycpu.zip for details.) Problems Fixed: - Changes were made to the boot code for the 1885, 1915, 7901, 7902, 7971, 7972, 7995, 8853 and 44W4479. - Changes were made to the PXE code for the 39Y6066, 42C1780, 42C1781 and 44W4479. - Changes were made to the iSCSI code for the 42C1780 and 42C1781 - Changes were made to the NCSI code for the 44W4479.
Enhancements: - Added support for the 44X1940.
package version 2.0.8f (See brcm_fw_nic_2.0.8f-chg_anyos_anycpu.zip for details.) Problems Fixed: - Fcode support was removed for the PXE code for the 44W4465 and 44W4466. This change does not result in a change in the PXE code version number. - Changes were made to the PXE code for the 39Y6066, 42C1780 and 42C1781 to fix a problem where some systems hang when loading PXE code.
package version 2.0.8e (See brcm_fw_nic_2.0.8e-chg_anyos_anycpu.zip for details.) Problems Fixed: - Changes were made to the PXE code for the 39Y6066, 42C1780, 42C1781 and 44W4479. - Changes were made to the IPMI code for the 7141, 7144, 7233 and 7234. - Changes were made to the UMP code for the 7901 and 7902.
Enhancements: - Added support for the 6388, 7942, 44W4465 and 44W4466.
package version 2.0.8d (See brcm_fw_nic_2.0.8d-chg_anyos_anycpu.zip for details.) Problems Fixed: - Changes were made to the boot code for the 7141, 7144, 7233 and 7234.
Enhancements: - Added support for the 42C1780 and 42C1781.
package version 2.0.8c (See brcm_fw_nic_2.0.8c-chg_anyos_anycpu.zip for details.) Problems Fixed: - None.
Enhancements: - Added support for the 7901 and 7902
package version 2.0.8b (See brcm_fw_nic_2.0.8b-chg_anyos_anycpu.zip for details.) Problems Fixed: - Changes were made to the PXE code for the 39Y6066.
Enhancements: - Added support for the 44W4479.
package version 2.0.8a (See brcm_fw_nic_2.0.8a-chg_anyos_anycpu.zip for details.) Problems Fixed: - Changes were made to the boot code for the 1885, 1913, 1914, 1915, 7141, 7144, 7971, 7972, 7978, 7979, 7985, 7995, 7996, 7997, 8853, 8877, 9228, 9229, 9230 and 39Y6066. - Changes were made to the ASF code for the 6218, 6223, 6225, 6227, 6228, 8488, 8648, 9228, 9229, 9230. - Changes were made to the UMP code for the 39Y6066. - Changes were made to the PXE code for the 22P7801, 26K4842, 31P6301, 31P6401, 39R8624, 39Y6066, 39Y6079, 39Y6088, 39Y6093, 39Y6098, 39Y9306, 39Y9310, 42C1600, 42C1632, 73P3501, 73P4001, 73P4101, 73P4201, 73P9030. - Changes were made to the IPMI code for the 1916, 8014 and 8028.
Enhancements: - Added support for the 7233, 7234, 7940 and 7941.
package version 2.0.7 (See brcm_fw_nic_2.0.7-chg_anyos_anycpu.zip for details.) Problems Fixed: - Changes were made to the PXE code for the 22P7801, 26K4842, 31P6301, 31P6401, 39R8624, 39Y6066, 39Y6079, 39Y6088, 39Y6093, 39Y6098, 39Y9306, 39Y9310, 42C1600, 42C1632, 73P3501, 73P4001, 73P4101, 73P4201, 73P9030.
Enhancements: - Added support for the 1916, 8014 and 8028.
package version 2.0.6 (See brcm_fw_nic_2.0.6-chg_anyos_anycpu.zip for details.) Problems Fixed: - Changes were made to the boot code for the 1913, 1914, 7141, 7143, 7144, 7978, 7979, 7996, 7997, 8877 and 39Y6066. - Changes were made to the UMP code for the 39Y6066. - Changes were made to the PXE code for the 39Y6066.
package version 2.0.5 (See brcm_fw_nic_2.0.5-chg_anyos_anycpu.zip for details.) Problems Fixed: - None
Enhancements: - Added support for the 4190, 4191, 4192, 4193, 4194, 4367 and 4368.
package version 2.0.4 (See brcm_fw_nic_2.0.4-chg_anyos_anycpu.zip for details.) Problems Fixed: - None
Enhancements: - Added support for the 7141, 7143 and 7144.
package version 2.0.3 (See brcm_fw_nic_2.0.3-lin-win-chg_anyos_anycpu.zip for details.) Problems Fixed: - Changes were made to the boot code for the 1885, 1913, 1914, 1915, 7971, 7972, 7978, 7979, 7985, 7995, 8853, 8877, 39Y6066. - Changes were made to the IPMI code for the 1879, 1880, 1883, 1884, 1887, 4362, 4363, 4364, 4365, 4366, 7362, 7364, 7365, 7367, 7973, 7974, 7975, 7976, 7977, 7981, 7984, 7986, 8485, 8490, 8491, 8832, 8835, 8837, 8840, 8841, 8843, 8848, 8849, 8850, 8863, 8864, 8865, 8866, 8872, 8874, 8878, 8879. - Changes were made to the ASF code for the 6218, 6223, 6225, 6227, 6228, 8488, 8648, 9228, 9229, 9230. - Changes were made to the PXE code for the 22P7801, 26K4842, 31P6301, 31P6401, 39R8624, 39Y6066, 39Y6079, 39Y6088, 39Y6093, 39Y6098, 39Y9306, 39Y9310, 42C1600, 42C1632, 73P3501, 73P4001, 73P4101, 73P4201, 73P9030.
package version 2.0.0b (See brcm_fw_nic_2.0.0b-nx-nx2-chg_anyos_anycpu.zip for details.) Problems Fixed: - Changed the firmware update process to NOT reset the ethernet devices during the firmware update process.
package version 2.0.0 (See brcm_fw_nic_2.0.0-nx-nx2-chg_anyos_anycpu.zip for details.) Problems Fixed: - Changes were made to the UMP (Universal Management Port) code for the 1885, 7971, 7972, 7995 and 8853.
package version 1.1.1 (See brcm_fw_nic_1.1.1-nx-nx2-chg_anyos_anycpu.zip for details.) Problems Fixed: - Changes were made to the boot code for the 1879, 1880, 1887, 4347, 4348, 4362, 4363, 4364, 4365, 4366, 6218, 6223, 6225, 6227, 6228, 7969, 7973, 7974, 7975, 7976, 7977, 7992, 8485, 8486, 8488, 8490, 8491, 8648, 8837, 8840, 8841, 8849, 39Y6098, 39Y9306, 42C1600, 42C1632 and 73P3501. - Changes were made to the IPMI code for the 1879, 1880, 1887, 4362, 4363, 4364, 4365, 4366, 7969, 7973, 7974, 7975, 7976, 7977, 7992, 8485, 8490, 8491, 8837, 8840, 8841 and 8849. - Changes were made to the PXE code for the 22P7801, 26K4842, 31P6301, 31P6401, 39R8624, 39Y6079, 39Y6088, 39Y6093, 39Y6098, 39Y9306, 39Y9310, 42C1600, 42C1632, 73P3501, 73P4001, 73P4101, 73P4201 and 73P9030.
package version 1.1.0 (See brcm_fw_nic_1.1.0-nx-nx2-chg_anyos_anycpu.zip for details.) Problems Fixed: - Changes were made to the Boot Code for the 1913, 1914, 4347, 6218, 6223, 6225, 6227, 6228, 7969, 7971, 7972, 7978, 7979, 7985, 7995, 8486, 8648, 8853, 8877, 9228 and 9229. - Changes were made to the ASF code for 6218, 6223, 6225, 6227, 6228, 8648, 9228 and 9229. - Changes were made to the PXE code for the 39Y6066. - Changes were made to the
Enhancements: - Added support for the 1879, 1880, 1883, 1884, 1887, 1913, 22P7801, 31P6301, 31P6401, 39Y9306, 39Y6066, 39Y6079, 39Y6088, 39Y6093, 39Y6098, 39Y9310, 4348, 4366, 7362, 7364, 7365, 73P3501, 73P4001, 73P4101, 73P4201, 7992, 7995, 8488 and 9230.
package version 1.0.0 (See brcm_fw_nic_1.0.0-nx-nx2-chg_anyos_anycpu.zip for details.) Problems Fixed: - Changes were made to the boot code for the 8832, 1914, 7971, 7972, 7978, 7979 7985, 8853 and 8877. - Changes were made to the UMP (Universal Management Port) code for the 7971, 7972 and 8853. brcm_fw_nic_2_2_1a_windows_32-64_chg
=============================================================================== Emulex NIC Device Driver for Windows ===============================================================================
Driver version: 4.6.203.1 (supported on IBM System x, BladeCenter and Flex)
Problems Fixed: - HyperV VM's tagged VLAN's did not get an IP Address - NIC Function Properties > Status for PCI Express Link Speed says Invalid Link Speed detected. - iSCSI ports of CNA card in ESXi 4.1u3 OCM GUI (vCenter plug in) is not getting displayed
Driver Vers: 4.4.176.2 (Previously supported on IBM Flex) Driver Vers: 4.2.390.6 (Previous Release for IBM Rack & BladeCenter)
Problems Fixed: - Cleaned up inf file - TOE Offload Fails when the same neighbor is added more than once
Incremental Interoperability: - Windows 2012
Known Issues: - Switch Independent Mode not supported in a HyperV environment - Default values vary between inbox and out of box drivers. For example: Configuration section - Wake On LAN - Inbox default is ‘Disabled’ – out-of-box default is ‘Enabled’ Performance section - Maximum Number of RSS Queues - Inbox default is ‘4’ - out-of-box default is ‘8’ - Virtual Machine Queues - Inbox default is ‘Disabled’ – out-of-box default is ‘Enabled’ You may select the button to reset all driver settings to defaults after any installation.
Driver Vers: 4.1.370.0 (Previously supported on IBM SystemX, BladeCenter & Flex)
Incremental Interoperability: - Initial release for IBM Flex
Problems Fixed:
- HS23 - Sleep Stress test failed with bugcheck C4 during driver verify - TOE with RSC enabled causes Network to go down - Augmented WOL Capabilities - Driver parameter query failures - BSOD 9F during shutdown if device stops responding - RSS queues may change port during MPRestart and MPPause
Driver Vers: 4.1.334.25 (Previously supported on IBM SystemX & BladeCenter)
Problems Fixed:
- Emulex: Large Receive Offload support needed in Windows NIC driver - Win WoL: Need to report WoL based on ARM reported capabilities - update the driver strings for existing cards - RSS code may access PerMessage beyond end of array - 16 queue RSS for BE3 on Windows 2008 R2 - fix unverified mode of occfg to allow customer workarounds - 16 queue RSS lockup if SRIOV enabled in registry - Standard Property Page for 1 port Windows Azure card - Timeout RQ flush to avoid bugcheck during shutdown - Change receive buffer alignment to use Windows 2008 R2 TCPIP fast path - Emulex: BSOD - Replacing BE3 card with a BE2 card after installation of new kit driver and firmware on Win 2k3 SP2 R2x64 (vNIC enabled IBM machine) - be2nd62.inf failed ChkInf - VMQ registry keys displayed in Windows 2008 - be_function_prepare_nonembedded_ioctl overwrites version field - autoi reboot fails on Win2K8 x64 when verifier enabled - PCI ID: Updates for Endeavor 2 for IBM- PCI IDs Rev 1.22 - Emulex NIC driver causes BSoD during shutdown whenever disable firewall or join domain network - Sleep Stress test failed with bugcheck C4 during driver verify - Disable TOE by default for IBM - BSOD 9F during shutdown if device stops responding
=============================================================================== Emulex iSCSI Device Driver for Windows ===============================================================================
Driver version: 4.6.130.0 (supported on IBM System x, BladeCenter and Flex)
Problems Fixed: - Cleaned up PCI ids in the inf file
Driver Vers: 4.1.334.0 (Previously supported on IBM SystemX, BladeCenter & Flex)
Incremental Interoperability: - Initial release for IBM Flex
Problems Fixed:
- Logout handling on boot session when multiple sessions exists to the same boot target - Add PCI ID as per Rev 1.18 for Windows iSCSI Driver - Multipath IO fails producing a BSOD - Persistent login to Max targets + 1 from WMI causes a hang - Update Nomad Device Name as per 1.19 for Windows iSCSI drivers - PCI ID: Updates for Endeavor 2 - PCI IDs Rev 1.22
This is the combined Release Notes of each individual components for firmware. Please see section relating to component of interest.
Kit Version 2.02.06
Q8I20206.BIN contains: ---------------------- * BIOS version 3.24 * UEFI version 3.47 * Fcode version 3.20 (PPC) * PXE Boot version 1.17 * NIC EFI version 1.10 * NIC Fcode version 80.01 * Firmware version 7.01.00 * MPI version 1.40.08 * EDC PHY version 1.08.00
MPI CFG version Rev. L FlasUtil version 1.89 VPD version 10.00a Efiutil/x64 version 3.17
Q8I20202.BIN contains: ---------------------- * BIOS version 3.20 * UEFI version 3.44 * Fcode version 3.20 (PPC) * PXE Boot version 1.17 * NIC EFI version 1.10 * NIC Fcode version 80.01 * Firmware version 7.00.01 * MPI version 1.40.08 * EDC PHY version 1.08.00
MPI CFG version Rev. L FlasUtil version 1.89 VPD version 10.00a Efiutil/x64 version 2.86
Q8I20100.BIN contains: ---------------------- * BIOS version 3.20 * UEFI version 3.44 * Fcode version 3.20 (PPC) * PXE Boot version 1.17 * NIC EFI version 1.08 * NIC Fcode version 80.01 * Firmware version 5.10.00 * MPI version 1.40.08 * EDC PHY version 1.08.00
MPI CFG version Rev. L FlasUtil version 1.89 VPD version 10.00a Efiutil/x64 version 2.86
Q8Q10042.BIN contains: ---------------------- * BIOS version 2.11 * UEFI version 3.12 * Fcode version 3.02 * Firmware version 5.01.02 * MPI version 1.35.02 * PXE Boot version 1.03 * NIC EFI version 1.02
1. Change History 2. Known Issues 3. Notices 4. Contacting Support
1. Change History
These release notes describe the changes, fixes, known issues, and release details that apply to the FC-FCoE BIOS for 2600 series and 8300 series adapters version 3.24.
This section contains:
* 1.1 Version * 1.2 Changes * 1.3 Bug Fixes
1.1
Version 3.24 * Removed Beta Banner
Version 3.24 Beta 1 Changed Banner to display 'FCoE' for Schultz (ER110784). Added additional time to login target when called after EFI driver unloads. (ER110755,ER110855)
Version 3.23 * Removed Beta Banner
Version 3.23 Beta 2 Added code to handle boot LUN GT then 255 (ER109195).
Version 3.23 Beta 1 * Added support for Helga.
Version 3.22 * Added code to display message when 64 bit address detected.
Version 3.21 * Removed Beta Banner
Version 3.21 Beta 1 * Added support for Execution Throttle for P3P (ER106372) * Added code to not display connection options for Hilda Trinity adapter. * Check for invalid LUN in CTRL-Q scan devices.
Version 3.20 * Fixed bug in CTRL_Q utility that could cause some cosmetic display issues. * Add Hilda CLP _hss support. * Configure ISP24xx if on slot 0. * Added "QLogic" to PnP productid (ER104424) * Check for 4G flag in NVRAM for Hilda FC.(ER104714)
Version 3.19 * Removed Beta Banner
Version 3.19 Beta 1 * Fixed bug with CTRL-Q Loopback Utility (ER100729).
Version 3.18 * Removed Beta Banner
Version 3.18 * Added code to check/program Feature Config checksum. * Fix bug that could cause buffer overrun in CTRL-Q with Report Lun command (ER100294). * Added check for PCI address change when updating option card data structure.
Version 3.18 Beta 1 * Changed code to use 32 bit pointer to allocate/deallocate EBDA memory. * Added code to check/program Feature Config checksum.
Version 3.17 * Removed Beta Banner
Version 3.17 Beta 1 * Fixed cosmetic issue in displaying data rate in CTRL-Q
Version 3.16 * Changed text for 8300 series adapter External loopback (ER98690). * Fixed display issue with CTRL-Q Diskutility(ER98727) * Fixed Lun select issue with CTRL-Q (ER98675).
Version 3.15 * Removed Beta Banner
Version 3.14 Beta 3 * Fixed bug in displaying selectable boot lun (ER98226) * Removed 4G data rate option for OEM adapter (ER98228) * Limit leading '0's in CTRL-Q menu (ER98389). * Set 'Aggressive Cooling' flag for OCSD. * Enabled Personality Change option.
Version 3.14 Beta 2 * Fixed issue with not restoring defaults on port 1 (ER 97619) * Fixed issue with serdes data saved incorrectly. (ER 97654) * Added code to limit Report Lun List size to 256 luns Version 3.14 Beta 1 * Added check for 0 lun count when selecting device (ER 97385) Version 3.14 * Removed 'Beta' from banner Version 3.13 Beta 17 * Disable Personality Change option in CTRL-Q. * Fixed bug with WWNN handling for MCTP.(ER 96920) Version 3.13 Beta 16 * Added check for Set MD2 set to 0 (restore defaults) (ER96912) * Added code to reset Port Config after Internal loopback test for 8300 series adapter(FCoE). Version 3.13 Beta 15 * Added support for 16 bit lun (ER96090). Version 3.13 Beta 14 * Add support for Set MD2 CLP string. Version 3.13 Beta 13 * Added code to issue Load Flash FW (3) MB command for 8300 series adapter as part ISP start sequence. (ER 94035). Version 3.13 Beta 12 * Fixed code to prevent async event from causing BIOS to hang when scanning for devices (ER94371). * Added check for Internal Loopback mode when connected to F-Port (ER71773). * Added check for 8300 series adapter FW Auto Load when re-initing ISP. * Version 3.13 Beta 11 * Fix code to disable ALT+1 Hotkey (ER92844) . * Fixed CTRL-Q code mailbox timeout (ER92957). Version 3.12 Beta 10 * Added warning message in Personality change screen Version 3.12 Beta 9 * Updated BIOS to version 3.12 of non-8300 series adapter BIOS Version 3.12 Beta 8 * Update 8300 series adapter BIOS code with version 3.11 fixes
Version 3.11 * Removed check for Virtual Address flag on Cold Boot.
Version 3.10 * Changed code to check for signature aaaaaaaah before* updating virtual mac address.
Version 3.09 * Changed code to ignore soft boot signature aaaaaaaah*
Version 3.08 * Added code to save device number in OCSD.
Version 3.07 * Added code to read cold boot register signature to determine when BIOS should update/restore virtual Mac address.
Version 3.06 * Fixed bug where retry count was not always being updated.
Version 3.05 * Added code to support ECHO lopback command.
Version 3.04 * Removed Beta from banner.
Version 3.04 Beta 4 * Fixed bug in clp_hss processing. * Updated some ETOC header data fields.
Version 3.04 Beta 3: * Changed code passing Sensor Data pointer
Version 3.04 Beta 2 * Added support for passing ETOC pointer. * Added support for posting port status for EFI use.
Version 3.04 Beta 1 * Added support for sensor data reporting.
Version 3.03 * Added support NCSI Flex Address.
Version 3.02 * Fixed bug in setting mailbox timeout for TUR.
Version 3.01 * Removed CTRL-Q Loopback test for P3P.
Version 3.00 * Removed Beta banner
Version Beta 14 * Added code to get serial number from VDP data for ISP2532. * Fixed bug is display loopback error status.
Version Beta 13 * Fixed bug in verifying FW for non-P3P HBA's. * Removed QLogic vendor id from BIOS banner. * Added retry for LLIOCB when status subcode is 4.
Version Beta 12 * Fixed bug in not setting up retry count for P3P.
Version Beta 11 * Added support for -LR option * Changed error message when no ISP Functions found.
Version Beta 10 * Added code to check for Wocket card.
Version Beta 9 * Fixed bug with not clearing P3 Async Event.
Version Beta 8 * Added additional check for P3 INIT Complete.
Version Beta 7 * Increased p3_busy_wait delay
1.2 Changes
The following changes have been made to the BIOS for FC-FCoE Adapters between versions 3.02 and 3.24.
* Changed Banner to display 'FCoE' for Schultz (ER110790). * Added additional time to login target when called * after EFI driver unloads. (ER110755.ER110855) * Added support for Helga. * Added code to display message when 64 bit address detected. * Added support for Execution Throttle for P3P (ER106372) * Added code to not display connection options for Hilda Trinity adapter. * Check for invalid LUN in CTRL-Q scan devices. * Fixed bug in CTRL_Q utility that could cause some cosmetic display issues. * Add Hilda CLP _hss support. * Configure ISP24xx if on slot 0. * Added "QLogic" to PnP productid (ER104424) * Check for 4G flag in NVRAM for Hilda FC.(ER104714) * Fixed bug with CTRL-Q Loopback Utility (ER100729). * Added code to check/program Feature Config checksum. * Fix bug that could cause buffer overrun in CTRL-Q with Report Lun command (ER100294). * Added check for PCI address change when updating option card data structure. * Changed code to use 32 bit pointer to allocate/deallocate EBDA memory. * Added code to check/program Feature Config checksum. * Fixed cosmetic issue in displaying data rate in CTRL-Q * Changed text for Hilda External loopback (ER98690). * Fixed display issue with CTRL-Q Diskutility(ER98727) * Fixed Lun select issue with CTRL-Q (ER98675). * Fixed bug in displaying selectable boot lun (ER98226) * Removed 4G data rate option for OEM adapter (ER98228) * Limit leading '0's in CTRL-Q menu (ER98389). * Set 'Aggressive Cooling' flag for OCSD. * Enabled Personality Change option. * Fixed issue with not restoring defaults on port 1 (ER 97619) * Fixed issue with serdes data saved incorrectly. (ER 97654) * Added code to limit Report Lun List size to 256 luns * Added check for 0 lun count when selecting device (ER 97385) * Disable Personality Change option in CTRL-Q. * Fixed bug with WWNN handling for MCTP.(ER 96920) * Added check for Set MD2 set to 0 (restore defaults) (ER96912) * Added code to reset Port Config after Internal loopback test for Hilda(FCoE). * Added support for 16 bit lun (er96090). * Add support for Set MD2 CLP string. * Added code to issue Load Flash FW (3) MB command for Hilda as part ISP start sequence. (ER 94035). * Fixed code to prevent async event from causing BIOS to hang when scanning for devices (er94371). * Fix code to disable ALT+1 Hotkey (er92844) . * Fixed CTRL-Q code mailbox timeout (er92957). * Added warning message in Personality change screen. * Updated BIOS to version 3.12 of non-hilda BIOS * Removed check for Virtual Address on Cold Boot. * Changed code to check for signature aaaaaaaah before updating virtual mac address. * Changed code to ignore soft boot signature aaaaaaaah * Added code to save device number in OCSD. * Added code to read cold boot register signature to determine when BIOS should update/restore virtual Mac address. * Fixed bug where retry count was not always being updated. * Added code to support ECHO lopback command. * Added support NCSI Flex Address.
1.3 Bug Fixes
The following fixes have been made to the BIOS for FC-FCoE Adapters between versions 3.00 Beta 7 and 3.24.
* Changed Banner to display 'FCoE' for Schultz (ER110790). * Added additional time to login target when called * after EFI driver unloads. (ER110755.ER110855) * Added code to handle boot LUN GT then 255 (ER109195). * Check for invalid LUN in CTRL-Q scan devices. * Fixed bug in CTRL_Q utility that could cause some cosmetic display issues. * Add Hilda CLP _hss support. * Configure ISP24xx if on slot 0. * Added "QLogic" to PnP productid (ER104424) * Check for 4G flag in NVRAM for Hilda FC.(ER104714) * Fixed bug with CTRL-Q Loopback Utility (ER100729). * Added code to check/program Feature Config checksum. * Fix bug that could cause buffer overrun in CTRL-Q with Report Lun command (ER100294). * Added check for PCI address change when updating option card data structure. * Changed code to use 32 bit pointer to allocate/deallocate EBDA memory. * Added code to check/program Feature Config checksum. * Fixed cosmetic issue in displaying data rate in CTRL-Q * Changed text for Hilda External loopback (ER98690). * Fixed display issue with CTRL-Q Diskutility(ER98727) * Fixed Lun select issue with CTRL-Q (ER98675). * Fixed bug in displaying selectable boot lun (ER98226) * Removed 4G data rate option for OEM adapter (ER98228) * Limit leading '0's in CTRL-Q menu (ER98389). * Set 'Aggressive Cooling' flag for OCSD. * Fixed issue with not restoring defaults on port 1 (ER 97619) * Fixed issue with serdes data saved incorrectly. (ER 97654) * Added code to limit Report Lun List size to 256 luns * Added check for 0 lun count when selecting device (ER 97385) * Disable Personality Change option in CTRL-Q. * Fixed bug with WWNN handling for MCTP.(ER 96920) * Added check for Set MD2 set to 0 (restore defaults) (ER96912) * Added support for 16 bit lun (er96090). * Add support for Set MD2 CLP string. * Added code to issue Load Flash FW (3) MB command for Hilda as part ISP start sequence. (ER 94035). * Fixed code to prevent async event from causing BIOS to hang when scanning for devices (er94371). * Fix code to disable ALT+1 Hotkey (er92844) . * Fixed CTRL-Q code mailbox timeout (er92957). * Added warning message in Personality change screen. * Updated BIOS to version 3.12 of non-hilda BIOS * Removed check for Virtual Address on Cold Boot. * Changed code to check for signature aaaaaaaah before updating virtual mac address. * Changed code to ignore soft boot signature aaaaaaaah * Added code to save device number in OCSD. * Added code to read cold boot register signature to determine when BIOS should update/restore virtual Mac address. * Fixed bug where retry count was not always being updated. * Added code to support ECHO lopback command. * Fixed bug in clp_hss processing. * Updated some ETOC header data fields. * Changed code passing Sensor data pointer * Added support for passing ETOC pointer. * Added support for posting port status for EFI use. * Added support for sensor data reporting. * Added support NCSI Flex Address. * Fixed bug in setting mailbox timeout for TUR. * Increased p3_busy_wait delay * Added additional check for P3 INIT Complete. * Fixed bug with not clearing P3 Async Event. * Added code to check for Wocket card. * Added support for -LR option * Changed error message when no ISP Functions found. * Fixed bug in not setting up retry count for P3P. * Fixed bug in verifying FW for non-P3P HBA's. * Removed QLogic vendor id from BIOS banner. * Added retry for LLIOCB when status subcode is 4. * Added code to get serial number from VDP data for ISP2532. * Fixed bug is display loopback error status. * Fixed bug in setting mailbox timeout for TUR.
2. Known Issues
None
3. Notices
Information furnished in this document is believed to be accurate and reliable. However, QLogic Corporation assumes no responsibility for its use, nor for any infringements of patents or other rights of third parties which may result from its use. QLogic Corporation reserves the right to change product specifications at any time without notice. Applications described in this document for any of these products are only for illustrative purposes. QLogic Corporation makes no representation nor warranty that such applications are suitable for the specified use without further testing or modification. QLogic Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document.
4. Contacting Support
For further assistance, contact QLogic Technical Support at: http://support.qlogic.com
Trademarks
Accelera, Accelerating Cluster Performance, InfiniCon Systems, InfiniNIC, InfiniPath, InfiniView, QLA, QLogic, the QLogic logo, ReadyPath, SANdoctor, SANsurfer, and SilverStorm are registered trademarks of QLogic Corporation. All other brand and product names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.
(c) Copyright 2013. All rights reserved worldwide. QLogic and the QLogic logo are registered trademarks of QLogic Corporation. All other brand and product names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.
1. Change History 2. Known Issues 3. Notices 4. Contacting Support
1. Change History
UEFI Driver:
version 3.44 (3/30/13) * Fixed potential flash corruption bug. Updated FlashProgramSafe to correctly calculate FlashBlockEnd. (ER 105595)
version 3.43 (2/28/13) * Appending MBI version info at the end of bootcode images (Fc, NIC) (ER 0101636)
version 3.42 (10/08/12) * Add support for Firmware Management Protoocl [ER 97831] * Add support for Driver Health Protocol [ER 97831] * Add fix to make Driver SCT 2.3 Compliance [ER 97831]
version 3.41 (4/4/12) * Add support for different callback action in callback () [ER 91949] * Use device handle (instead of virtual handle)[ER 91949] * Fixed param write bug [ER 91949]
version 3.40 (2/8/12) * Driver no longer sets the IO attribute bit in the PciIO Attributes() call. The IO attribute caused problems on certain systems. The driver does not do IO accesses. (ER84909)
version 3.39 (3/11/11) * Added Macronix MX25L3206E flash part support. (ER80795) * Disabled flash write protect check. (ER80795)
Efiutil:
version 3.17
* Add fix for 25xx ver_info command (ER 104543)
version 3.16
* Removed hardcoded subystem id check (ER0103883) * Replaced with MBI image traverse for ssid match (ER0103883)
version 3.15
* Fixed ambiguity in firmware version display. (ER0103456)
2. Known Issues
Driver: * In the HII menus, Adding/Deleting a Target/LUN will require a reboot for changes to take effect.
3. Notices
Information furnished in this document is believed to be accurate and reliable. However, QLogic Corporation assumes no responsibility for its use, nor for any infringements of patents or other rights of third parties which may result from its use. QLogic Corporation reserves the right to change product specifications at any time without notice. Applications described in this document for any of these products are only for illustrative purposes. QLogic Corporation makes no representation nor warranty that such applications are suitable for the specified use without further testing or modification. QLogic Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document.
4. Contacting Support
For further assisance, contact QLogic Technical Support at: http://support.qlogic.com
Trademarks
Accelera, Accelerating Cluster Performance, InfiniCon Systems, InfiniNIC, InfiniPath, InfiniView, QLA, QLogic, the QLogic logo, ReadyPath, SANdoctor, SANsurfer, and SilverStorm are registered trademarks of QLogic Corporation. All other brand and product names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.
(c) Copyright 2013. All rights reserved worldwide. QLogic, the QLogic logo, and the Powered by QLogic logo are registered trademarks of QLogic Corporation. All other brand and product names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.
******************* QLogic Fcode for IBM CNAs ***************** Release Notes
QLogic FCoE FCode for 81xx CNA Release Notes QLogic Corporation. All rights reserved.
Table of Contents
1. Changes 2. Known Issues 3. Notices 4. Contacting Support
1. Change History
These release notes describe the changes, fixes, known issues, and release details that apply to the multi-boot package for the 81xx Converged Network Adapter (CNA) FCode version 3.00.
1.1. FCode Version History
version 3.20 01/11/13 * ER102374: Display Product-ID string in VPD area during initial selection. * ER94574: Fix stack bug in .adatper-info, found in blade hotplug test by efcode
version 3.19 04/09/12 * Add NVRAM Fcode-parameter enab_dcbx_to bit. Must be set to enable Boeing fix. * Add check for MBAR2 (Multi-Queue memory) and create reg property if it exists.
version 3.18 03/30/12 - Special build for Boeing * Make validate-nvram silent. Print messages only if debug-flash?(x1000) is set. * Added mpicfg.fth file to handle all MPI-CFG access methods for Boeing fix. * Added check-poll-dmae word at probe-time to insure Poll-DMA-Engine bit is set. * Added dynamic sizing of the BAR registers at probe-time for reg property. * Remove dis-exp (disable-exprom) in ena-reg-acc. Causes problem on SPARC T3-1B. * Change oem property to QLogic or Oracle, and manufacture property to QLogic. * Fix bugs in search of Card-Type-Lists for SSDID when flashing w/find-ilt-code.
version 3.17 12/01/11 * Stripped ISP2400 & SUN specific code using #ifdefs to reduce IBM size by .5KB * Added EDC FW area in Flash and added write-sfp and read-sfp mailbox commands
version 3.16 09/30/11 * Change PCI-Cmd-Reg value, pci-cmdv, to x146. Add System Error Resp Enable. * Change MBAR0 size (/regs) from x1000 to x4000 to include MSI-X table. * Add setting Prefetchable bit if enabled for MBAR0 in map-ifp-regs(read-bar). * Fix close-hardware to logout-devices if Link-up?, not done-fw-init? flag. * Add "Problem fixed" printout when validate-nvram fixes the backup copy. * Change init-image & init-fw to return error? flag on stack so you can abort. * Fix all mboxs commands to write 0 to all mboxes used by FW, don't assume =0. * Add clr-flags after a wait-for-risc-int timeout, which will restart the FW. * Change all Copyright messages to: "Copyright 1999-2011". * Fix typo in 'adapter' property for the QLE8152. Was Single, now is Dual. * Change mbox-test to actually do some pattern testing and compare data. * Added 31 second SW timeout for IOCB & mailbox commands in wait-for-risc-int. * Add retry SCSI command once if IOCB timeout & 8048 Recv. error AEN received. * Fix stop-fw mailbox command. Clear Bit 1 (Transition to ROM Code) in Mbox-1. * Add show-fcfs, set-mac-am and set-vlan-id to show-commands. * Add to FC_FcodeReadme SPARC & PPC: set-vlan-id, set-mac-am and show-fcfs.
* Utility/Debug changes 1 Change version method for INIT only version to also show FW version. 2 Change find-ilt-code to check Chip-Rev & Card-Type-List in ILT header search 3 Change ilt-valid? to check for Signature Word "QILT" and ILT veersion field 4 Add "Load Raw FW image?" prompt and max-FW-code-size check to ldfw method. 5 Add debug? option debug-probe? (x10000) to disable card access during probe. 6 Fix bug in flash utility which was not setting my_did if the FLT is invalid.
version 3.15 09/29/10 * Fix selftest to leave connection-mode=P2P for IBM Mezz cards only (ER71793). * Change: use the NIC MAC-Adr +1 instead of Enode-MAC-Adr (Schultz only). * Enable LR BB-Credit if this enhanced-feature is set in NVRAM (Schultz only).
* Utility/Debug changes 1 Add debug? flag: 8000= Dump all mailboxes on all AENs and all Mbox commands. 2 Fix problem in ldfcode Flash utility. INIT version was not setting my_did. 4 Add capability to flash Schultz raw Firmware binary file to the ldfw method.
* Boot-wait-time related changes 1 Change boot-wait-time back to v3.12. Now link-down-to will wait if enabled. 2 Change device-present? to exit immediately if the link-up? flag is not true. 3 Fix show-children to not use boot-wait-time for link-down-to timeout value. 4 Fix device-present? to not restart BW-timer. Start-time set in isp-fw-ready?.
version 3.14 04/30/10 * Change validate-nvram to compare only the NVRAM area, not the entire sector. * Change all Copyright messages to: "Copyright 1999-2010, QLogic Corporation". * Change makefile to used the DID variable for the File name & in PCI header. * Add the capability to flash NIC Fcode on Schultz CNAs using ldutil/ldfcode. * Changed file name: isp-init.flt > init-isp.fth.
version 3.13 03/26/10 * Remove Hard-RICS-reset from reset-risc method & add 100ms delay after reset. * Make old-sb (old sec-buf) an instance value. Problem on M3000 (ER70453). * Fix Explicit logout-device IOCB to include the ISP PortID and Port WWN. * Change login-devices to not logout with FC_Initiators.
* Boot-wait-time related changes * Change get-to-params to set boot-wt = 8 secs if boot-wait-time is disabled. * Change set-boot-wait-time to not affect link-down-to (timeout) for Fujitsu. * Change set-boot-wait-time to be entered/display in decimal, not hex(Fujitsu).
* Additions made for debugging: 1 Changed debug? flags: 4000= Got-R2H-intr, 2000= IOCB-Dump, 800=FW-Ready-wait 2 Add Parameter 1 debug display on login IOCB faliure. 3 Add force-open-ok? test flag in open method. Default = true(no real change). * Changes to make process and Flash utilities: 1 Use OpenBIOS Toke Tokenizer to make isp2500/8100/8200. isp2400 uses SUN toker. 2 Add Sun-Style-Checksum option OpenBIOS Toke for all SUN isp2500/8100/8200. 3 Restructure fcode source files. Add: isp-init.fth, p3-init.fth, mailbox.fth, properties.fth, structs.fth, regs-isp.fth, regs-p3.fth, utils.fth.
Version 3.12 01/11/10 * Fixed sunid (SUNW,qlc) for the SUN CNA QLE8142. The SSDID is 183, not 182. * Add flashing support for mpi-config-image from Image-Layout-Table(ILT) File. * Add check for Card-Type & Swap bits in Image-Layout-Table(ILT) Flash utility.
Version 3.11 12/11/09 * Add support for Sun (SUNW,qlc) CNA QEM8152.
Version 3.10 12/02/09 * Add support for Sun (SUNW,qlc) CNAs QLE8140, QlE8142, QLE8150, & QLE8152.
Version 3.09 * Fix Node-Name-Option bit preservation in restore-default-settings.
Version 3.08 * Fix default WWNN & WWPN preservation in restore-default-settings. * Add standard properties. Use m4 utility to automaticly create date string. * Add file rev_level.m4 which has the revision level strings only. * Remove "SFP state: Unknown" message (.isp) if the adapter is IBM mezz card. * Change messages "Login failed" to "Login Abort". "Error Subcode" to "Subcode". * Remove patch of PCI header image size byte at offset 0x2c from init version.
Version 3.07 * Fix read-cap16-cmd. Used when the LUN size is >2TB (i.e. #blocks > 32-bits). * Fix disk-test to work with large (>2TB) LUNs, where the LBA > 32-bits. * Remove command retry when 8048 AEN is received.
Version 3.06 * Add option for qlgc-debug? in nvramrc. If the diag-switch? is true, then the debug? flag is set is set to the value of qlgc-debug?. * Add lba64 large disk capability (read-blocks64 write-blocks64) for SUN only. * Add mbox1 & mbox2 display for 8048 interrupt if debug-asyc? flag (01) is on. * Fix bug in IBM fcp-luns method for the Controller LUN-0 check, lun0-check. * Check Inquiry Qualifier field of Controller LUN-0 in IBM fcp-luns method. * Add more IOCB debugging, Add Erase Response-Queue in mapmem. Had stale data. * Add more debugging for IOCBs, dma-map-in/out, & wait-for-interrupts.
Version 3.05 * Fix set-fc-address issue found with IBM ioinfo. PortID was not getting set. * Re-structure devicepresent.fth. Add set-phandle to set obp-target & obp-portid * Fix multiple close issue found with IBM ioinfo utility.
Version 3.04 * Add alloc-sec-buf & free-sec-buf words with debugging messages. * Add "ibm,write-supported" property to disk child node, as per IBM's request. * Removed VPD validation from validate-nvram due to bug in update utilities. * Fix enab-nvr-acc to alloc sec-buf & add disab-nvr-acc for BOFM word.
3.03 * Added console messages when validate-nvram finds corruption & copies a sector. * Change validate-nvram to check both FC ports on Dual-port CNAs at probe time. * Fix init-flt-offsets to mask FLT attributes. Now it finds FW & Feature-key. * Added restart-mpi after the beacon test finishes to reset LED functionality. * Add NVRAM backup Sector. Add validate-nvram at probe time to fix corruption.
3.02 Initial release.
2. Known Issues
None
3. Notices
Information furnished in this document is believed to be accurate and reliable. However, QLogic Corporation assumes no responsibility for its use, nor for any infringements of patents or other rights of third parties which may result from its use. QLogic Corporation reserves the right to change product specifications at any time without notice. Applications described in this document for any of these products are only for illustrative purposes. QLogic Corporation makes no representation nor warranty that such applications are suitable for the specified use without further testing or modification. QLogic Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document.
4. Contacting Support
For further assisance, contact QLogic Technical Support at: http://support.qlogic.com
Trademarks
Accelera, Accelerating Cluster Performance, InfiniCon Systems, InfiniNIC, InfiniPath, InfiniView, QLA, QLogic, the QLogic logo, ReadyPath, SANdoctor, SANsurfer, and SilverStorm are registered trademarks of QLogic Corporation. All other brand and product names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.
(c) Copyright 2013. All rights reserved worldwide. QLogic, the QLogic
This software license applies only to QLogic customers. QLogic Corporation. All rights reserved. Release Notes
Table of Contents
1. Version 2. Changes 3. Bug Fixes 4. Known Issues 5. History 6. Additional Information 7. Trademarks 8. Notices 9. Contacting Support
1. Version
These release notes describe the changes, fixes, known issues, and release details that apply to UEFI PXE UNDI driver version 1.10 for the x64 UEFI platform.
2. Changes
3. Bug Fixes
Fix Windows boot when Qlogic adapter mixed together.
4. Known Issues
None
5. History 1.09 - Fix Windows boot hang isssuen when there are multiple adapters. 1.08 - Check RM bit and clean it if it is set. Fix efi driver coundn't login issue if rebooting Sles system from promt. 1.07 - Fix system hang issue whem MPI enables BMC internal traffic.
1.06 - Add Hii support and fix controller name display.
1.04 - When there is an error during bofm implement, the manufacture mac address will be recoved. Add Wc and Bc support.
1.02 - 5/14/09
* Cleared routing table entries before function reset.
1.01 - 4/29/09
* Fixed Bofm support hang system issue.
1.00 - 4/27/09
* Initial release.
6. Additional Information
None
7. Trademarks
QLogic, the QLogic logo, QLA, SANbox, and SANsurfer are registered trademarks of QLogic Corporation.
SANtrack and SAN Express are trademarks of QLogic Corporation.
All other brand and product names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.
8. Notices
Information furnished in this document is believed to be accurate and reliable. However, QLogic Corporation assumes no responsibility for its use, nor for any infringements of patents or other rights of third parties which may result from its use. QLogic Corporation reserves the right to change product specifications at any time without notice. Applications described in this document for any of these products are only for illustrative purposes. QLogic Corporation makes no representation nor warranty that such applications are suitable for the specified use without further testing or modification. QLogic Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document.
9. Contacting Support
Please feel free to contact your QLogic approved reseller or QLogic Technical Support at any phase of integration for assistance. QLogic Technical Support can be reached by the following methods:
(c) Copyright 2009. All rights reserved worldwide. QLogic, the QLogic logo, and the Powered by QLogic logo are registered trademarks of QLogic Corporation. All other brand and product names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.
PXE Option ROM for QLogic 10 GbE CNA Release Notes
This software license applies only to QLogic customers. QLogic Corporation. All rights reserved. Release Notes
Table of Contents
1. Change History 2. Known Issues 3. Notices 4. Contacting Support
1. Change History
1.07 - 10/13/09 * Closed ER68817: PXE code produces this log : ql_CloseAdapter( ): Completion pending, * Add display port number when link is down * return error when link is down * Add workaround in base code for tftpd32 error * MPI reset
1.04 - 7/20/09 * Reduce the code size * Add WC/BC for nic parameter and vpd * Use subdevice id for INT18/BEV
1.03 - 5/14/09 * Cleared route table opon exit.
1.02 - 5/4/09
* Fixed the double QLogic PXE banner in IBM HS21 blade. * Fixed system hang in HP ML370 G5 system.
1.01 - 4/29/09
* Added BOFM support (PCI 3.0).
1.00 - 4/27/09
* Initial release.
2. KNOWN Issues
None
3. Notices
Information furnished in this document is believed to be accurate and reliable. However, QLogic Corporation assumes no responsibility for its use, nor for any infringements of patents or other rights of third parties which may result from its use. QLogic Corporation reserves the right to change product specifications at any time without notice. Applications described in this document for any of these products are only for illustrative purposes. QLogic Corporation makes no representation nor warranty that such applications are suitable for the specified use without further testing or modification. QLogic Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document.
4. Contacting Support
For further assisance, contact QLogic Technical Support at: http://support.qlogic.com
Trademarks
Accelera, Accelerating Cluster Performance, InfiniCon Systems, InfiniNIC, InfiniPath, InfiniView, QLA, QLogic, the QLogic logo, ReadyPath, SANdoctor, SANsurfer, and SilverStorm are registered trademarks of QLogic Corporation. All other brand and product names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.
(c) Copyright 2013. All rights reserved worldwide. QLogic and the QLogic logo are registered trademarks of QLogic Corporation. All other brand and product names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.
qlgc_fw_cna_qle8142-2_02_06_windows_32-64_chg
=============================================================================== Emulex iSCSI Device Driver for Windows 2012R2 ===============================================================================
Driver version: 4.9.160.0 (supported on IBM BladeCenter)
=============================================================================== Emulex FC Device Driver for Windows ===============================================================================
Driver version: 2.74.016.001 (supported on IBM System x, BladeCenter and Flex)
Problems Fixed: - Cleaned up a variety of corner case issues to avoid BSODs - Fixed IOCTL encounter bug-chk on BE3 during NPIV tests - Fixed reporting incorrect error code when creating vport on a switch without NPIV supported - Updated the default model name for 16G HBAs
Driver version: 2.74.009.001 (Previously supported on IBM SystemX, BladeCenter & Flex)
Problems Fixed: - Clean up non-critical legacy FC and uCNA incompatibilities - LUN masking doesn't persist after reboot - Emulex GUI crashes when closing a running Upgrade utility and re-open it in 802.3 configuration with IP or MAC - Several bugs related to creation or deletion of vports
Incremental Interoperability: - Windows 2012 - Improved debug capabilities - Tighter integration with MS Windows Design Kit
Driver version 2.70.018 (Previously supported on IBM SystemX, BladeCenter & Flex)
Problems Fixed:
- Fixed sending ABTS continuously to Flogi issue - Fixed reset and link bounce issues for SLI4 FC public loop - Added support for ABTS timeout handling for both SLI3 and SLI4 - Fixed loopback test incorrectly dropping the loopback frame in SLI4 - Fixed exchange management issue in SLI4 CT receive path causing array overflow - Fixed firmware version update issue following download in link up state - Fixed problem in init_vfi completion handler that stalled fabric login on BE FCoE FW - Fixed problem that caused OCM ELS Echo Test to fail - Fixed the loopback test issue in recovering from error condition - Add persistent link down support for SLI4 FC - Fix DFC_IssueDumpMBox to manage request type 3 which includes link select option - Modified reinitialization sequence following reset to fix discovery failure post type 1 or type 3 reset - Fixed new firmware dump issue
Driver Version 2.50.007 (Previously supported on IBM SystemX & BladeCenter) elx_dd_fc_ibm1212-2_74_016_001-6_windows_32-64_chg
QLogic 10GbE CNA Network (NDIS) Miniport Driver for Windows Version 1.0.1.20 Release Notes 10/08/2013
This software license applies only to QLogic customers. QLogic Corporation. All rights reserved.
Table of Contents 1. Version 2. Changes 3. Bug Fixes 4. Known Issues 5. Additional Information 6. History 7. Trademarks 8. Notices 9. Contacting Support
1. Version
These release notes is the initial release that apply to 10GbE CNA Network (NDIS) miniport driver for Windows 2008, Windows 2008 R2 and Windows 2012 for version 1.0.1.20.
2. Changes
* None
3. Bug Fixes
* None
4. Known Issues
* None
5. Additional Information
* None
6. History
Initial issue of Driver 7. Trademarks
QLogic, the QLogic logo, QLA, SANbox, SANsurfer, and SANblade are registered trademarks of QLogic Corporation.
SANtrack and SAN Express are trademarks of QLogic Corporation.
All other brand and product names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.
8. Notices
Information furnished in this document is believed to be accurate and reliable. However, QLogic Corporation assumes no responsibility for its use, nor for any infringements of patents or other rights of third parties which may result from its use. QLogic Corporation reserves the right to change product specifications at any time without notice. Applications described in this document for any of these products are only for illustrative purposes. QLogic Corporation makes no representation nor warranty that such applications are suitable for the specified use without further testing or modification. QLogic Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document.
9. Contacting Support
Please feel free to contact your QLogic approved reseller or QLogic Technical Support at any phase of integration for assistance. QLogic Technical Support can be reached by the following methods:
Web: http://support.qlogic.com
Email: support@qlogic.com
Support contact information for other regions of the world is available at the QLogic website: http://support.qlogic.com
Copyright 2009 - 2013. All rights reserved worldwide. QLogic, the QLogic logo, and the Powered by QLogic logo are registered trademarks of QLogic Corporation. All other brand and product names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners. qlgc_dd_nic_qlge-1_0_1_20_windows_32-64_chg
QLogic 16 Gb Fibre Channel Adapter MultiFlash Update for System x QLogic Corporation. All rights reserved.
Version 3.20.03 Date: 10/01/2013 BIOS 3.0 version 3.24 uEFI version 6.10 FC Firmware - v7.01.00
* Added additional time to login target when called * after EFI driver unloads. (ER110755.ER110855) * Added code to display message when 64 bit address detected. * Added support for Execution Throttle for P3P (ER106372) * Check for invalid LUN in CTRL-Q scan devices. * Fixed bug in CTRL_Q utility that could cause some cosmetic display issues. * Configure ISP24xx if on slot 0. * Added "QLogic" to PnP productid (ER104424) * Fixed bug with CTRL-Q Loopback Utility (ER100729). * Added code to check/program Feature Config checksum. * Fix bug that could cause buffer overrun in CTRL-Q with Report Lun command (ER100294). * Added check for PCI address change when updating option card data structure. * Changed code to use 32 bit pointer to allocate/deallocate EBDA memory. * Added code to check/program Feature Config checksum. * Fixed cosmetic issue in displaying data rate in CTRL-Q * Fixed display issue with CTRL-Q Diskutility(ER98727) * Fixed Lun select issue with CTRL-Q (ER98675). * Fixed bug in displaying selectable boot lun (ER98226) * Removed 4G data rate option for OEM adapter (ER98228) * Limit leading '0's in CTRL-Q menu (ER98389). * Set 'Aggressive Cooling' flag for OCSD. * Enabled Personality Change option. * Fixed issue with not restoring defaults on port 1 (ER 97619) * Fixed issue with serdes data saved incorrectly. (ER 97654) * Added code to limit Report Lun List size to 256 luns * Added check for 0 lun count when selecting device (ER 97385) * Disable Personality Change option in CTRL-Q. * Fixed bug with WWNN handling for MCTP.(ER 96920) * Added check for Set MD2 set to 0 (restore defaults) (ER96912) * Added code to reset Port Config after Internal loopback test(FCoE). * Added support for 16 bit lun (er96090). * Add support for Set MD2 CLP string. * Added code to issue Load Flash FW (3) MB command as part ISP start sequence. (ER 94035). * Fixed code to prevent async event from causing BIOS to hang when scanning for devices (er94371). * Fix code to disable ALT+1 Hotkey (er92844) . * Fixed CTRL-Q code mailbox timeout (er92957). * Added warning message in Personality change screen. * Updated BIOS to version 3.12 of non-hilda BIOS * Removed check for Virtual Address on Cold Boot. * Changed code to check for signature aaaaaaaah before updating virtual mac address. * Changed code to ignore soft boot signature aaaaaaaah * Added code to save device number in OCSD. * Added code to read cold boot register signature to determine when BIOS should update/restore virtual Mac address. * Fixed bug where retry count was not always being updated. * Added code to support ECHO lopback command. * Added support NCSI Flex Address.
Version 3.20.00 Date: 8/30/2013 BIOS 3.0 version 3.22 uEFI version 5.27 FC Firmware - v7.00.01
- Added code to display message when 64 bit address detected. - Added support for Execution Throttle for P3P (ER106372) - Added code to not display connection options for Hilda Trinity adapter. - Check for invalid LUN in CTRL-Q scan devices. - Fixed bug in CTRL_Q utility that could cause some cosmetic display issues. - Add Hilda CLP _hss support. - Configure ISP24xx if on slot 0. - Added "QLogic" to PnP productid (ER104424) - Check for 4G flag in NVRAM for Hilda FC.(ER104714) - Fixed bug with CTRL-Q Loopback Utility (ER100729). - Added code to check/program Feature Config checksum. - Fix bug that could cause buffer overrun in CTRL-Q with Report Lun command (ER100294).
Version 2.01.55 Date: 1/16/2013 BIOS 3.0 version 3.16 uEFI version 5.27 FC Firmware - v6.03.00
-Fix an issue where the first 4 bytes of the BootTargetWWN are set to FF
Version: 2.01.26 Date: Initial Release BIOS 3.0 version 3.16 uEFI version 5.26 FC Firmware - v6.03.00 qlgc_fw_fc_26xx-3_20_03_windows_32-64_chg
Firmware Version: 2.01a11 (w/ 5.12a13 Universal Boot Code) (Supported for IBM System x & BladeCenter)
Problems Fixed: - Emulex FC Adapter does not auto-enable SAN boot mode when boot target configuration is made via IFM (BOFM) - Emulex FC configuration utility is in the wrong F1 setup screen - IBM CIOv adapter connected to Brocade 8 Gig FC BladeCenter switch intermittently Links up at less than 8 Gig
Firmware Version 2.01a3 (w/ 5.12a5 Universal Boot Code)
New Features
- Enhanced timeout notifications for processing abort failures.
Problems Fixed:
- All multi-abort I/Os are returned on the same ring from which the ABORT_MXRI command was received. - Changed the TRCV response in the abort state to CMD RJT to enable the TRSP to be processed. - Corrected an issue with blocked TSEND operations. - Corrected a buffer leak issue with RRQ exchanges. - Corrected an issue where the TRCV IOCB was de-queued improperly causing a XFR_RDY flood. - Corrected an issue where the OXID field was not loaded in the XRI_ABORTED IOCB. - Corrected an issue in recognizing whether an EEPROM is present.
Dependencies:
- The corresponding FC Storport device driver and OneCommand Manager Core-kit (management) will need to be installed for this package to function properly.
1. Fixed an issues booting when more than 8 ports are present in the system and fixed an adapter display issue when more than 8 ports are present in the systems 2. Fixed issues installing and booting O/Ss on ports greater than 8. 3. Fixed some boot time screen display issues.
(2) OpenBoot version 3.10a3
This version of OpenBoot supports FC-AL, Private loop, Public loop, and Fabric Point to Point. Also, it supports multi-initiators and multi-LUNs (0 through 4055)
Problems fixed, features added or other updates:
1. Unrelated to IBM
(3) EFIBoot version 4.12a12
The current EFI (Extensible Firmware Interface) Boot provides 64-bit System boot capability through the use of the EFI Shell. This EFIBoot supports EFI Specification 1.10 and EFI Source Code version 1.10.14.61.
Problems fixed, features added or other updates:
1. Only certain OEM HBAs will locate PlatformToDriverConfiguration- ProtocolGuid. Others just skip and continue processing 2. UEFI2.3 Hii Configuration Utility changes 3. HII Browser Save option does not work
1. On a port connected to a 3PAR "MBOD" cage, the test runs IO to the disk drives and issues a "controlport offline" command to offline the port while IO is running.
2. While doing target side cable pull testing with Block Guard (T10) Enabled we observed that adapter is not sending RSCN to AIX.
Dependencies: - The corresponding FC Storport device driver and OneCommand Manager Core-kit (management) will need to be installed for this package to function properly. elx_fw_fc_ibm1212-2_01a11-11_windows_32-64_chg
QLogic 10 GbE Converged Network Adapter MultiFlash Update for System x IBM P3P Firmware Change History QLogic Corporation. All rights reserved.
Release Version: 2.20.04
Table of Contents 1. Version 2. Changes 3. Limitations 4. Known Issues 5. Additional Information 6. Trademarks 7. Notices 8. Contacting Support
1. Version
The files contained in this Flash image package are zipped into a file that will expand to provide the following versions for the 3200/8200 Series Adapters.
* Flash Image Version 2.20.04
P3P22004.BIN contains: ---------------------- * NIC PXE (3200/8200 Series) PXE 3.0 version 2.0.2.31 PXE EFi version 2.6.13 * FCoE BIOS (8200 Series only) BIOS 3.0 version 3.24 uEFI version 6.07 * iSCSI BIOS (8200 Series only) BIOS 3.0 version 2.19 uEFI version 2.04.03 * Firmware - v4.16.34 * Pegtune - v4.16.32 * Bootloader - v4.16.05 * CRBinit - v4.12.07
Hardware Support Standard Servers with PCIe 1.1 and 2.0 x8
3. Limitations
None
Industry Standards Compliance N/A
4. Known Issues
5. Additional Information None
6. Trademarks Accelera, Accelerating Cluster Performance, InfiniCon Systems, InfiniNIC, InfiniPath, InfiniView, QLA, QLogic, the QLogic logo, ReadyPath, SANdoctor, SANsurfer, and SilverStorm are registered trademarks of QLogic Corporation. All other brand and product names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.
7. Notices Information furnished in this document is believed to be accurate and reliable. However, QLogic Corporation assumes no responsibility for its use, nor for any infringements of patents or other rights of third parties which may result from its use. QLogic Corporation reserves the right to change product specifications at any time without notice. Applications described in this document for any of these products are only for illustrative purposes. QLogic Corporation makes no representation nor warranty that such applications are suitable for the specified use without further testing or modification. QLogic Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document.
8. Contacting Support Please feel free to contact your QLogic Technical Support at any phase of integration for assistance. QLogic Technical Support can be reached at:
Gary Stift gary.stift@qlogic.com
(c) Copyright 2011. All rights reserved worldwide. QLogic, the QLogic logo, and the Powered by QLogic logo are registered trademarks of QLogic Corporation. All other brand and product names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.
qlgc_fw_cna_sysx-2_20_04_windows_32-64_chg
Multi-boot Image for 4Gb FC HBAs Release Notes Package Version MB_2.50.05
This software license applies only to QLogic customers. QLogic Corporation. All rights reserved.
Table of Contents
1. Version 2. 4Gb BIOS 3. 4Gb EFI 4. 4Gb FCode 5. Trademarks 6. Notices 7. Contacting Support
1. Version
These release notes describe the changes, fixes, known issues, and release details that apply to the multi-boot package for 4Gb HBAs, version MB_2.50.05 This package is a compressed file that contains:
Image Version 2.50.05
Q24A5250.BIN contains: ----------------
* BIOS version 3.24 * UEFI version 2.27 * Fcode version 3.15 * Firmware version 7.01.00
1. Change History 2. Known Issues 3. Notices 4. Contacting Support
1. Change History
These release notes describe the changes, fixes, known issues, and release details that apply to the FC-FCoE BIOS for 2600 series and 8300 series adapters version 3.24.
This section contains:
* 1.1 Version * 1.2 Changes * 1.3 Bug Fixes
1.1
Version 3.24 * Removed Beta Banner
Version 3.24 Beta 1 Changed Banner to display 'FCoE' for Schultz (ER110784). Added additional time to login target when called after EFI driver unloads. (ER110755,ER110855)
Version 3.23 * Removed Beta Banner
Version 3.23 Beta 2 Added code to handle boot LUN GT then 255 (ER109195).
Version 3.23 Beta 1 * Added support for Helga.
Version 3.22 * Added code to display message when 64 bit address detected.
Version 3.21 * Removed Beta Banner
Version 3.21 Beta 1 * Added support for Execution Throttle for P3P (ER106372) * Added code to not display connection options for Hilda Trinity adapter. * Check for invalid LUN in CTRL-Q scan devices.
Version 3.20 * Fixed bug in CTRL_Q utility that could cause some cosmetic display issues. * Add Hilda CLP _hss support. * Configure ISP24xx if on slot 0. * Added "QLogic" to PnP productid (ER104424) * Check for 4G flag in NVRAM for Hilda FC.(ER104714)
Version 3.19 * Removed Beta Banner
Version 3.19 Beta 1 * Fixed bug with CTRL-Q Loopback Utility (ER100729).
Version 3.18 * Removed Beta Banner
Version 3.18 * Added code to check/program Feature Config checksum. * Fix bug that could cause buffer overrun in CTRL-Q with Report Lun command (ER100294). * Added check for PCI address change when updating option card data structure.
Version 3.18 Beta 1 * Changed code to use 32 bit pointer to allocate/deallocate EBDA memory. * Added code to check/program Feature Config checksum.
Version 3.17 * Removed Beta Banner
Version 3.17 Beta 1 * Fixed cosmetic issue in displaying data rate in CTRL-Q
Version 3.16 * Changed text for 8300 series adapter External loopback (ER98690). * Fixed display issue with CTRL-Q Diskutility(ER98727) * Fixed Lun select issue with CTRL-Q (ER98675).
Version 3.15 * Removed Beta Banner
Version 3.14 Beta 3 * Fixed bug in displaying selectable boot lun (ER98226) * Removed 4G data rate option for OEM adapter (ER98228) * Limit leading '0's in CTRL-Q menu (ER98389). * Set 'Aggressive Cooling' flag for OCSD. * Enabled Personality Change option.
Version 3.14 Beta 2 * Fixed issue with not restoring defaults on port 1 (ER 97619) * Fixed issue with serdes data saved incorrectly. (ER 97654) * Added code to limit Report Lun List size to 256 luns Version 3.14 Beta 1 * Added check for 0 lun count when selecting device (ER 97385) Version 3.14 * Removed 'Beta' from banner Version 3.13 Beta 17 * Disable Personality Change option in CTRL-Q. * Fixed bug with WWNN handling for MCTP.(ER 96920) Version 3.13 Beta 16 * Added check for Set MD2 set to 0 (restore defaults) (ER96912) * Added code to reset Port Config after Internal loopback test for 8300 series adapter(FCoE). Version 3.13 Beta 15 * Added support for 16 bit lun (ER96090). Version 3.13 Beta 14 * Add support for Set MD2 CLP string. Version 3.13 Beta 13 * Added code to issue Load Flash FW (3) MB command for 8300 series adapter as part ISP start sequence. (ER 94035). Version 3.13 Beta 12 * Fixed code to prevent async event from causing BIOS to hang when scanning for devices (ER94371). * Added check for Internal Loopback mode when connected to F-Port (ER71773). * Added check for 8300 series adapter FW Auto Load when re-initing ISP. * Version 3.13 Beta 11 * Fix code to disable ALT+1 Hotkey (ER92844) . * Fixed CTRL-Q code mailbox timeout (ER92957). Version 3.12 Beta 10 * Added warning message in Personality change screen Version 3.12 Beta 9 * Updated BIOS to version 3.12 of non-8300 series adapter BIOS Version 3.12 Beta 8 * Update 8300 series adapter BIOS code with version 3.11 fixes
Version 3.11 * Removed check for Virtual Address flag on Cold Boot.
Version 3.10 * Changed code to check for signature aaaaaaaah before* updating virtual mac address.
Version 3.09 * Changed code to ignore soft boot signature aaaaaaaah*
Version 3.08 * Added code to save device number in OCSD.
Version 3.07 * Added code to read cold boot register signature to determine when BIOS should update/restore virtual Mac address.
Version 3.06 * Fixed bug where retry count was not always being updated.
Version 3.05 * Added code to support ECHO lopback command.
Version 3.04 * Removed Beta from banner.
Version 3.04 Beta 4 * Fixed bug in clp_hss processing. * Updated some ETOC header data fields.
Version 3.04 Beta 3: * Changed code passing Sensor Data pointer
Version 3.04 Beta 2 * Added support for passing ETOC pointer. * Added support for posting port status for EFI use.
Version 3.04 Beta 1 * Added support for sensor data reporting.
Version 3.03 * Added support NCSI Flex Address.
Version 3.02 * Fixed bug in setting mailbox timeout for TUR.
Version 3.01 * Removed CTRL-Q Loopback test for P3P.
Version 3.00 * Removed Beta banner
Version Beta 14 * Added code to get serial number from VDP data for ISP2532. * Fixed bug is display loopback error status.
Version Beta 13 * Fixed bug in verifying FW for non-P3P HBA's. * Removed QLogic vendor id from BIOS banner. * Added retry for LLIOCB when status subcode is 4.
Version Beta 12 * Fixed bug in not setting up retry count for P3P.
Version Beta 11 * Added support for -LR option * Changed error message when no ISP Functions found.
Version Beta 10 * Added code to check for Wocket card.
Version Beta 9 * Fixed bug with not clearing P3 Async Event.
Version Beta 8 * Added additional check for P3 INIT Complete.
Version Beta 7 * Increased p3_busy_wait delay
1.2 Changes
The following changes have been made to the BIOS for FC-FCoE Adapters between versions 3.02 and 3.24.
* Changed Banner to display 'FCoE' for Schultz (ER110790). * Added additional time to login target when called * after EFI driver unloads. (ER110755.ER110855) * Added support for Helga. * Added code to display message when 64 bit address detected. * Added support for Execution Throttle for P3P (ER106372) * Added code to not display connection options for Hilda Trinity adapter. * Check for invalid LUN in CTRL-Q scan devices. * Fixed bug in CTRL_Q utility that could cause some cosmetic display issues. * Add Hilda CLP _hss support. * Configure ISP24xx if on slot 0. * Added "QLogic" to PnP productid (ER104424) * Check for 4G flag in NVRAM for Hilda FC.(ER104714) * Fixed bug with CTRL-Q Loopback Utility (ER100729). * Added code to check/program Feature Config checksum. * Fix bug that could cause buffer overrun in CTRL-Q with Report Lun command (ER100294). * Added check for PCI address change when updating option card data structure. * Changed code to use 32 bit pointer to allocate/deallocate EBDA memory. * Added code to check/program Feature Config checksum. * Fixed cosmetic issue in displaying data rate in CTRL-Q * Changed text for Hilda External loopback (ER98690). * Fixed display issue with CTRL-Q Diskutility(ER98727) * Fixed Lun select issue with CTRL-Q (ER98675). * Fixed bug in displaying selectable boot lun (ER98226) * Removed 4G data rate option for OEM adapter (ER98228) * Limit leading '0's in CTRL-Q menu (ER98389). * Set 'Aggressive Cooling' flag for OCSD. * Enabled Personality Change option. * Fixed issue with not restoring defaults on port 1 (ER 97619) * Fixed issue with serdes data saved incorrectly. (ER 97654) * Added code to limit Report Lun List size to 256 luns * Added check for 0 lun count when selecting device (ER 97385) * Disable Personality Change option in CTRL-Q. * Fixed bug with WWNN handling for MCTP.(ER 96920) * Added check for Set MD2 set to 0 (restore defaults) (ER96912) * Added code to reset Port Config after Internal loopback test for Hilda(FCoE). * Added support for 16 bit lun (er96090). * Add support for Set MD2 CLP string. * Added code to issue Load Flash FW (3) MB command for Hilda as part ISP start sequence. (ER 94035). * Fixed code to prevent async event from causing BIOS to hang when scanning for devices (er94371). * Fix code to disable ALT+1 Hotkey (er92844) . * Fixed CTRL-Q code mailbox timeout (er92957). * Added warning message in Personality change screen. * Updated BIOS to version 3.12 of non-hilda BIOS * Removed check for Virtual Address on Cold Boot. * Changed code to check for signature aaaaaaaah before updating virtual mac address. * Changed code to ignore soft boot signature aaaaaaaah * Added code to save device number in OCSD. * Added code to read cold boot register signature to determine when BIOS should update/restore virtual Mac address. * Fixed bug where retry count was not always being updated. * Added code to support ECHO lopback command. * Added support NCSI Flex Address.
1.3 Bug Fixes
The following fixes have been made to the BIOS for FC-FCoE Adapters between versions 3.00 Beta 7 and 3.24.
* Changed Banner to display 'FCoE' for Schultz (ER110790). * Added additional time to login target when called * after EFI driver unloads. (ER110755.ER110855) * Added code to handle boot LUN GT then 255 (ER109195). * Check for invalid LUN in CTRL-Q scan devices. * Fixed bug in CTRL_Q utility that could cause some cosmetic display issues. * Add Hilda CLP _hss support. * Configure ISP24xx if on slot 0. * Added "QLogic" to PnP productid (ER104424) * Check for 4G flag in NVRAM for Hilda FC.(ER104714) * Fixed bug with CTRL-Q Loopback Utility (ER100729). * Added code to check/program Feature Config checksum. * Fix bug that could cause buffer overrun in CTRL-Q with Report Lun command (ER100294). * Added check for PCI address change when updating option card data structure. * Changed code to use 32 bit pointer to allocate/deallocate EBDA memory. * Added code to check/program Feature Config checksum. * Fixed cosmetic issue in displaying data rate in CTRL-Q * Changed text for Hilda External loopback (ER98690). * Fixed display issue with CTRL-Q Diskutility(ER98727) * Fixed Lun select issue with CTRL-Q (ER98675). * Fixed bug in displaying selectable boot lun (ER98226) * Removed 4G data rate option for OEM adapter (ER98228) * Limit leading '0's in CTRL-Q menu (ER98389). * Set 'Aggressive Cooling' flag for OCSD. * Fixed issue with not restoring defaults on port 1 (ER 97619) * Fixed issue with serdes data saved incorrectly. (ER 97654) * Added code to limit Report Lun List size to 256 luns * Added check for 0 lun count when selecting device (ER 97385) * Disable Personality Change option in CTRL-Q. * Fixed bug with WWNN handling for MCTP.(ER 96920) * Added check for Set MD2 set to 0 (restore defaults) (ER96912) * Added support for 16 bit lun (er96090). * Add support for Set MD2 CLP string. * Added code to issue Load Flash FW (3) MB command for Hilda as part ISP start sequence. (ER 94035). * Fixed code to prevent async event from causing BIOS to hang when scanning for devices (er94371). * Fix code to disable ALT+1 Hotkey (er92844) . * Fixed CTRL-Q code mailbox timeout (er92957). * Added warning message in Personality change screen. * Updated BIOS to version 3.12 of non-hilda BIOS * Removed check for Virtual Address on Cold Boot. * Changed code to check for signature aaaaaaaah before updating virtual mac address. * Changed code to ignore soft boot signature aaaaaaaah * Added code to save device number in OCSD. * Added code to read cold boot register signature to determine when BIOS should update/restore virtual Mac address. * Fixed bug where retry count was not always being updated. * Added code to support ECHO lopback command. * Fixed bug in clp_hss processing. * Updated some ETOC header data fields. * Changed code passing Sensor data pointer * Added support for passing ETOC pointer. * Added support for posting port status for EFI use. * Added support for sensor data reporting. * Added support NCSI Flex Address. * Fixed bug in setting mailbox timeout for TUR. * Increased p3_busy_wait delay * Added additional check for P3 INIT Complete. * Fixed bug with not clearing P3 Async Event. * Added code to check for Wocket card. * Added support for -LR option * Changed error message when no ISP Functions found. * Fixed bug in not setting up retry count for P3P. * Fixed bug in verifying FW for non-P3P HBA's. * Removed QLogic vendor id from BIOS banner. * Added retry for LLIOCB when status subcode is 4. * Added code to get serial number from VDP data for ISP2532. * Fixed bug is display loopback error status. * Fixed bug in setting mailbox timeout for TUR.
2. Known Issues
None
3. Notices
Information furnished in this document is believed to be accurate and reliable. However, QLogic Corporation assumes no responsibility for its use, nor for any infringements of patents or other rights of third parties which may result from its use. QLogic Corporation reserves the right to change product specifications at any time without notice. Applications described in this document for any of these products are only for illustrative purposes. QLogic Corporation makes no representation nor warranty that such applications are suitable for the specified use without further testing or modification. QLogic Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document.
4. Contacting Support
For further assistance, contact QLogic Technical Support at: http://support.qlogic.com
Trademarks
Accelera, Accelerating Cluster Performance, InfiniCon Systems, InfiniNIC, InfiniPath, InfiniView, QLA, QLogic, the QLogic logo, ReadyPath, SANdoctor, SANsurfer, and SilverStorm are registered trademarks of QLogic Corporation. All other brand and product names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.
(c) Copyright 2013. All rights reserved worldwide. QLogic and the QLogic logo are registered trademarks of QLogic Corporation. All other brand and product names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.
1. Change History 2. Known Issues 3. Notices 4. Contacting Support
1. Changes History
- EFI Driver
Version 2.27 (05/09/2010)
* Removed Extra character and NULL string message from HII. (ER71174, ER71175) * Add support for 8GB data rate for 25xx family in HII form. (ER71118) * Add fix in driver to avoid to print driver messages on splash screen during system boot up. (ER71099) * Add support for HII Protocol. (ER55486) * Added fix to allow W2K8 boot from local disk when target is mapped in passive path. (ER70069) * Added fix to display firmware version info correctly in HII "Adapter info" menu. (ER71412) * Display error message in HII form if invalid HBA parameter value is set (Execution Throttle). (ER71533) * Fixed a bug that caused VPD version numbers to be displayed wrong. (ER70907) * Add fix for NULL string message displayed on Hx5 system. (ER71771) * The "Enable Loop ID" bit in the HII menu is now set correctly. (ER71885) * Rename "Reconnect and Exit from Main Menu" HII entry to "Exit from Main Menu".
- Efiutil
Version 2.86
* Add fix to avoid, overwriting of original SERDES file, if user give wrong command. (ER69941) * Added fix to avoid, "unaligned reference fault", while updating flash. (ER69793) * Add support, to ignore locked files while updating firmware area. (ER69531) * Add fix to display firmware version correctly. (ER71468) * Add fix to display new firmware version correctly while updating multiboot image. (ER71468) * Add support for 82xx family in Adapter list. (ER69230)
2. Known Issues
* In the HII menus, Adding/Deleting a Target/LUN will require a reboot for changes to take effect. * Efiutil does not support the 2.0 Shell. Please load the 1.0 Shell before running Efiutil.
3. Notices
Information furnished in this document is believed to be accurate and reliable. However, QLogic Corporation assumes no responsibility for its use, nor for any infringements of patents or other rights of third parties which may result from its use. QLogic Corporation reserves the right to change product specifications at any time without notice. Applications described in this document for any of these products are only for illustrative purposes. QLogic Corporation makes no representation nor warranty that such applications are suitable for the specified use without further testing or modification. QLogic Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document.
4. Contacting Support
For further assistance, contact QLogic Technical Support at: http://support.qlogic.com
Trademarks
Accelera, Accelerating Cluster Performance, InfiniCon Systems, InfiniNIC, InfiniPath, InfiniView, QLA, QLogic, the QLogic logo, ReadyPath, SANdoctor, SANsurfer, and SilverStorm are registered trademarks of QLogic Corporation. All other brand and product names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.
(c) Copyright 2013. All rights reserved worldwide. QLogic, the QLogic logo, and the Powered by QLogic logo are registered trademarks of QLogic Corporation. All other brand and product names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.
QLogic FCode Driver Release Notes QLogic Corporation. All rights reserved.
Table of Contents
1. Change History 2. Known Issues 3. Notices 4. Contacting Support
1. Change History
These release notes describe the changes, fixes, known issues, and release details that apply to the FCode for the 24xx Fibre Channel Adapters.
1.1. FCode Version History
version 3.19 04/09/12 * No change. These changes only affect ISP2500 & ISP8100 adapters.
version 3.18 03/30/12 * Change REV_LEVEL in rev_level.m4 from 3.18b6 to 3.18. Official Release.
version 3.18b6 03/23/12 * No change. These changes only affect ISP2500 & ISP8100 adapters.
version 3.18b5 03/22/12 * No change. These changes & v3.18b4 only affect non-IBM Schultz(8100) adapters.
version 3.18b3 03/08/12 * Added dynamic sizing of the BAR registers at probe-time for reg property. * Remove dis-exp (disable-exprom) in ena-reg-acc. Causes problem on SPARC T3-1B. * Fix bugs in search of Card-Type-Lists for SSDID when flashing w/find-ilt-code.
version 3.18b2 12/16/11 Fix bug in v.18b1. Move set-std-props in isp-probe so regs are mapped for Flash
version 3.18b1 12/09/11 * Change oem property to QLogic or Oracle, and manufacture property to QLogic.
version 3.17 12/01/11 * No Change. Affected ISP2500 HBAs and Schultz CNAs only.
version 3.16 09/30/11 * Change REV_LEVEL in rev_level.m4 from 3.16b7 to 3.16. Official Release.
version 3.16b7 08/23/11 * Change PCI-Cmd-Reg value, pci-cmdv, to x146. Add System Error Resp Enable. * Change MBAR0 size (/regs) from x1000 to x4000 to include MSI-X table.
version 3.16b6 07/25/11 * Add setting Prefetchable bit if enabled for MBAR0 in map-ifp-regs(read-bar). * Fix close-hardware to logout-devices if Link-up?, not done-fw-init? flag. * Change init-image & init-fw to return error? flag on stack so you can abort.
version 3.16b5 03/16/11 * Fix all mboxs commands to write 0 to all mboxes used by FW, don't assume =0.
version 3.16b4 03/10/11 * Separate P3P code from ISP2400/ISP2500/Schultz by removing all #ifdef P3's. * Add clr-flags after a wait-for-risc-int timeout, which will restart the FW. * Change all Copyright messages to: "Copyright 1999-2011".
version 3.16b3 01/19/11 * Add 4 byte pad in case its on x200 boundary. This is a workaround for SUN OBP checksum bug found on M3000, CR6952265. (ISP2400 only) (ER71299).
version 3.16b2 01/04/11 * Change mbox-test to actually do some pattern testing and compare data. * Added 31 second SW timeout for IOCB & mailbox commands in wait-for-risc-int. * Add retry SCSI command once if IOCB timeout & 8048 Recv. error AEN received. * Fix stop-fw mailbox command. Clear Bit 1 (Transition to ROM Code) in Mbox-1.
version 3.16b1 10/20/10 * Add debug? option debug-probe? (x10000) to disable card access during probe.
version 3.15 09/29/10 * Change REV_LEVEL in rev_level.m4 from 3.15b7 to 3.15. Official Release.
version 3.15b7 09/29/10 * Add debug? flag: 8000= Dump all mailboxes on all AENs and all Mbox commands. * Fix selftest to leave connection-mode=P2P for IBM Mezz cards only (ER71793).
version 3.15b6 07/08/10 * Change device-present? to exit immediately if the link-up? flag is not true. * Disable PRLI ACC to switch using set-additional-fw-options Mbox cmd. IBM only
version 3.15b5 06/24/10 * No Change. Affected Schultz CNAs only.
version 3.15b4 06/22/10 * Fix show-children to not use boot-wait-time for link-down-to timeout value. * Fix device-present? to not restart BW-timer. Start-time set in isp-fw-ready?.
version 3.15b3 06/11/10 * Change boot-wait-time back to v3.12. Now link-down-to will wait if enabled.
version 3.14 04/30/10 * Change REV_LEVEL in rev_level.m4 from 3.14b3 to 3.14. Official Release.
version 3.14b3 04/28/10 * No change to isp2400. Changes only affected isp2500 HBAs and isp8100 CNAs.
version 3.14b2 04/26/10 * Change all Copyright messages to: "Copyright 1999-2010, QLogic Corporation".
version 3.14b1 04/19/10 * No change to isp2400. Changes only affected isp8100 Schultz CNAs.
* Add special build for SUN to allow qla-mode on isp8100 CNAs, SSID 183 & 18B.
version 3.13 03/26/10 * Change REV_LEVEL in rev_level.m4 from 3.13b9 to 3.13. Official Release.
version 3.13b9 03/24/10 * Remove Explicit logout to fabric(FLOGO) in close-hardware, put in v3.13b3. * Restructure fcode source files. Add: isp-init.fth, p3-init.fth, mailbox.fth, properties.fth, structs.fth, regs-isp.fth, regs-p3.fth, utils.fth.
Version 3.13b8 03/09/10 * Add Parameter 1 debug display on login IOCB faliure if debug-logi? is set. * Add force-open-ok? test flag in open method. Default = true(no real change). * Change get-to-params to set boot-wt = 8 secs if boot-wait-time is disabled. * Fix bug in VPD fetch, introduced in v3.13b1. vpd-buf increased to 512 bytes. * Change cbuff back to non instance buffer. Instance has no affect on buffer:.
Version 3.13b7 03/04/10 * Remove Hard-RICS-reset from reset-risc method. Causes problems on QMI2582. * Remove Eddy test= Reset RX-Serdes after 5 secs wait for in isp-fw-ready?. * Make old-sb (old sec-buf) an instance value. Problem on M3000 (ER70453).
Version 3.13b6 03/02/10 * Add Reset RX-Serdes after 5 secs wait for in isp-fw-ready?. Plus add debug.
Version 3.13b5 03/01/10 * Add more debugging in isp-fw-ready?. Print fw-state each time in get-state. * Change getnum to use the 'accept' word and make cbuff an 'instance' buffer:.
Version 3.13b4 02/24/10 * Fix Explicit logout-device IOCB to include the ISP PortID and Port WWN. * Changed debug? flags: 4000= Got-R2H-intr, 2000= IOCB-Dump, 800= FW-Ready-wait.
Version 3.13b3 02/19/10 * Use OpenBIOS Toke Tokenizer to make isp2500/8100/8200. isp2400 uses SUN toker. * Add Implicit logout-all and Explicit logout to fabric in close-hardware. * Add setting the FW ICB link-down-NOS/OLS value for isp2400/2500 (ER67806).
Version 3.13b2 02/11/10 * Change set-boot-wait-time to not affect link-down-to (timeout) for Fujitsu. * Change login-devices to not logout with FC_Initiators. * Change logout-device to use implicit Logout, not explicit. (Fix P3P problem)
Version 3.13b1 02/05/10 * Change set-boot-wait-time to be entered/display in decimal, not hex(Fujitsu). * Added OpenBIOS 'toke' Tokenizer to makefile. Now you can make either version. * Fixed bug introduced in ISP2400 v3.10. Deferred word fmw_ofs, never defined.
Version 3.12 01/11/10 * No change to isp2400, fixed SSDID for Sun (SUNW,qlc) CNA QLE8142.
Version 3.11 12/11/09 * No change to isp2400, added support for Sun (SUNW,qlc) CNA QEM8152.
Version 3.10 12/02/09 * Change the name of the top level Fcode file from isp2xxx.fth to ispxxxx.fth. * Change makefile to include the creation of P3+ isp8200.xxxx.fc binaries. * Introduced bug for deferred word fmw_ofs, never defined for ISP2400.
Version 3.09 10/26/09 * Change REV_LEVEL in rev_level.m4 from 3.09b1 to 3.09. Official Release.
Version 3.09b1 10/22/09 * Fix Node-Name-Option bit preservation in restore-default-settings. ER68181.
Version 3.08 10/19/09 * Change REV_LEVEL in rev_level.m4 from 3.08b1 to 3.08. Official Release. * Remove patch of PCI header image size byte at offset 0x2c from init version. * Fix flash-word! bug introduced in version 3.08b1. Affects ISP2400 only.
Version 3.08b1 10/14/09 * Fix default WWNN & WWPN preservation in restore-default-settings. ER67924. * Fix stack bug when link down. Introduced in v3.05 set-phandle word. ER67926. * Add standard properties. Use m4 utility to automatically create date string. * Add file rev_level.m4 which has the revision level strings only. * Add FCoE & 4Gb IBM mezz cards QMI8142 QMC2462 QMI3472 QMI2472 to imezz? word. * Change messages "Login failed" to "Login Abort". "Error Subcode" to "Subcode". * Re-structure Flash/NVRAM access fnv-wd@/! words for the Netxen P3 integration. * Add 'make nx3031' to makefile for Netxen P3. #ifdef P3 used for delineation.
Version 3.07 09/08/09 * Change version string from 3.07b2 to 3.07. Official Release for IBM and SUN.
Version 3.07b2 09/04/09 * Fix read-cap16-cmd. Used when the LUN size is >2TB (i.e. #blocks > 32-bits). * Fix disk-test to work with large >2TB LUNs, where the LBA >32-bits.
Version 3.07b1 08/28/09 * Remove command retry when 8048 AEN is received. Caused DMA error found by IBM. This was an old workaround put in vers1.08b2, before IOCB timeouts were set.
Version 3.06 08/19/09 * Change version string from 3.06b6 to 3.06. Official Release for IBM. * Fix qlgc-debug? option for IBM. Use find-method on IBMs and $find on SUNs.
Version 3.06b6 08/18/09 * Add option for qlgc-debug? in nvramrc. If the diag-switch? is true, then the debug? flag is set is set to the value of qlgc-debug?.
Version 3.06b5 08/18/09 * Add lba64 large disk capability (read-blocks64 write-blocks64) for SUN only. * Add support for QEM3572, SSDID = x172, for SUN only. * Add mbox1 & mbox2 display for 8048 interrupt if debug-asyc? flag (01) is on.
Version 3.06b4 08/13/09 * Fix bug in IBM fcp-luns method for the Controller LUN-0 check, lun0-check.
Version 3.06b3 08/12/09 * Check Inquiry Qualifier field of Controller LUN-0 in IBM fcp-luns method.
Version 3.06b2 08/10/09 * Add more IOCB debugging, Add Erase Response-Queue in mapmem. Had stale data.
Version 3.06b1 08/08/09 * Add more debugging for IOCBs, dma-map-in/out, & wait-for-interrupts.
Version 3.05 08/04/09 * Change version string from 3.05b2 to 3.05 Official Release for IBM.
Version 3.05b2 08/03/09 * Fix set-fc-address issue found with IBM ioinfo. PortID was not getting set. * Re-structure devicepresent.fth. Add set-phandle to set obp-target & obp-portid
Version 3.05b1 07/31/09 * Fix multiple close issue found with IBM ioinfo utility.
Version 3.04 07/22/09 * Add "ibm,write-supported" property to disk child node, as per IBM's request.
Version 3.03 07/13/09 * No change, affected ISP2500 & ISP 8100 Fcode only.
Version 3.02 05/06/09 * No change, affected Schultz ISP8100 Fcode only.
Version 3.01 04/23/09 * No change, affected Schultz ISP8100 Fcode only.
Version 3.00 04/21/09 * Added more debugging information for AEN 8014.
Version 3.00b8 04/01/09 * No functional change, binary files differ. Only ISP2500 Fcode affected.
Version 3.00b7 03/31/09 * No change, Schultz ISP8100 Fcode only.
Version 3.00b6 03/04/09 * Change boot-wait-time to start timer(fw-ready-start) in isp-fw-ready method. * Change fix-rbios to check nvr-bad? before copying nvram to RAM.
Version 3.00b5 02/25/09 * Change link-down-timeout to boot-wait-time if bootwait-enable flag is true. * Add ILT support for SCHULTZ only. No affect on ISP2400 * Changed era-code (used in ldfcode) to use /code to determine #secs to erase. * Add set-cd-base+siz (used for ldfcode) to replace set-ld-base & set-/dlc.
Version 3.00b4 02/11/09 * No change. Changed flash-acc-data & offsets for ISP8100 only.
Version 3.00b3 01/21/09 * No change. Changed reg property for ISP2500 and ISP8100 only.
Version 3.00b2 01/08/09 * Added set-boot-wait-time command for all 4 & 8Gb HBAs/CNAs. Add NVRAM Fcode 2-byte parameter, boot-wait-time, at ofs x15a & enable-bit(x20) at ofs x158. This was requested by Fujitsu, for disks that take longer to come online.
Version 3.00b1 12/19/08 * Add Schultz ISP8100 support. No change to ISP2400 methods. * Added more SCSI sense debugging. * Reworked interrupt service routines with more debugging.
Version 2.04 12/03/08 * Change version string from 2.04b2 to 2.04 Official Release.
Version 2.04b2 12/02/08 * Remove set-bootid, set-boot-wwn, & releated qla only words from IBM version. * Added IBM debugging to BOFM words and set debug?=C00 if diag-switch is true. * Added max-payload bridge fix for 4-port QMI2464 HBA. Used Gil's method. * Fix get-mail to handle Response-Queue interrupts (stat=13) & add debugging.
Version 2.04b1 07/23/08 * Preserve Flash area x40000-x80000 which has FW-Area, Flash Tables, NPIV data * Fix open to always return -1. Returning link-down fw-state fails on Serengetti
Version 2.03 06/30/08 * Change version string from 2.03b1 to 2.03 Official Release.
Version 2.03b1 06/06/08 * Use complete NVRAM values for fwopt2 and fwopt3 in fw-init, initialize ICB.
Version 2.02 05/07/08 * Change version string from 2.02b3 to 2.02 (Official Release). * Fix load-image to return error status so you can exit on failure. * Remove stop-fw from isp-probe method. It did nothing since FW is not loaded.
Version 2.02b3 04/17/08 * Change compatible property to append to existing property, if it exists. * Change all references in the Fcode of 'HBA' to 'Adapter' (for QLE8000 CNA).
Version 2.02b2 04/14/08 * Fix compatible prop for IBM. Return DDDD value back to DevID in strings: pciVVVV,DDDD.SSSS.ssss.RR & pciVVVV,DDDD.SSSS.ssss. DDDD was = SSDevID.
Version 2.02b1 03/27/08 * Fix blank lines in list-wwns for set-boot-wwn command in qla-mode. ER59591. * Change the d-mbox (dump-mailbox) word to use the .4z data format macro. * Add Access Menlo Data IOCB to allow displaying & changing Menlo configuration. * Add Menlo version number to the version command (Menlo only).
Version 2.01 03/27/08 * Change version string from 2.01b2 to 2.01 (Official Release).
Version 2.01b2 03/05/08 * Change SubSystem Device ID from x0169 to x014B for Sun QEM3472 HBA. * Add sunid-bit = x10 to Fcode Parameter word (offset x158) in NVRAM.
Version 2.01b1 03/03/08 * Add support for Sun QEM3472 with SubSystem ID = 0x0169, node name SUNW,qlc. * Add QLE3000 Mercury HBA support. * Fix selftest mem-siz = x20000 (128KB) on IBM CFFe/CFFx mezz cards.
Version 2.00 02/15/08 * Change version string from 2.00b17 to 2.00 (Official Release).
Version 2.00b17 02/07/08 * Modify ldfcode again to skip copy of WWN and checksum to BIOS-defaults area.
Version 2.00b16 02/05/08 * Modify ldfcode to copy all BIOS-defaults plus copy Model & DID to header. * Fix login-devices to return #ports, including non-target ports. This fixes Sun Bug ID 6645537, ER58525, where LUNs were not listed when Emulex present.
Version 2.00b15 01/29/08 * Fix target login problem with McData switch by adding GID_PT command. ER58769. * Modify ldfcode to poke BIOS default area of the MB-image with Model# & SSID.
Version 2.00b14 01/15/08 * Fix restore-default-setting to skip SSDID, OEM Specific Area, Feature Mask, and Model# copy to NVRAM. Also add revert-wwns on IBM. ER58465 & ER58509. * Replace load-stub-fw with stop-fw mbox command for PCIe 2400 HBAs. Firmware vers 4.00.25 or greater stop-fw command will do the same thing as stub FW. * Fix IBM BOFM bug where the default WWPN is lost if a new WWPN is written twice
Version 2.00b13 12/21/07 * Separate 2400/2500 Fcode into two binary output files (isp2400/isp2500). Remove isp2500? & use #ifdef ISP2500. Resulting in smaller 37KB image size. * Add use-cdb16? flag which is set in read-capacity if the target supports Large LBA. 16-byte CDBs are used only if use-cdb16? is set & LBA > 32-bits. ER58285. * Fix "chrp" string in papr-compliant? word (IBM BOFM support). * Change write-wwnn word to check for new-wwnn=0 (IBM BOFM support). * Add enab-nvr-acc to all 6 BOFM external words so they work on unopened dev.
Version 2.00b12 12/10/07 * Add init-chip? to sns-command & logout-devices for recovery from link-down. * Put ifp-abort back into wait-for-risc-int, which was taken out in vers 1.23.
Version 2.00b11 12/05/07 * Move clearing of flags link-up?, done-fw-init? port-updated? to reset-risc. This was for isp2500 set-boot-wwn failure because FW was stopped. ER58139.
Version 2.00b10 11/30/07 * 2500 change only. ER58002.
Version 2.00b9 11/28/07 * Fix find-image to check for last-image bit and exit loop if found. ER57989. * Fix init-fw problem. If NVRAM is blank, FW Option word-1 is not set in ICB.
Version 2.00b8 11/21/07 * Make BOFM support words external in IBM version. * Change my-wwnn@ to return WWNN based on current adapter WWPN. (IBM version) * Fix stop-risc bug. Clear done-fw-init? flag before calling mail. ER57926.
Version 2.00b7 11/12/07 * Remove 'ibm,' from the BOFM support words for IBM. Also update property. * Add check-managed-wwn which checks for PAPR-compliant & san_wwn string in root prop " ibm,managed-address-types" and then reverts WWNs if necessary.
Version 2.00b6 10/18/07 * Changed makefile to create separate isp2400 & isp2500 images(PCI header only). * Fix drate-val (default Auto Data-Rate value) w/o shift for selftest. * Fix n-port topology device-present problem. obp-portied was not getting set. * Add back architecture check (wrong-arch?) of PCI header DEVID during flashing. * Add rd-ram-wd and wr-ram-wd mailbox commands for debugging purposes. * Add BOFM support for the IBM version Fcode.
Version 2.00b5 09/24/07 * Combined 2400/2500 Fcode into a single binary output isp2x00 file. Use isp2500? word instead of #ifdef ISP2500. Resulting image size is now 38KB. * Changed Connection Mode & Data Rate debug messages during FW initialization.
Version 2.00b4 09/18/07 * Shrink code wherever possible. Remove unused words and shorten value names. * Fix find-fc method to add Func0 bc0_ofs. Otherwise it checksums Func1-fcode.
Version 2.00b3 09/07/07 * Add reset-risc to reopen-hardware method when init_link?=0, for INIT version.
Version 2.00b2 09/06/07 * Fix selftest to always use Auto-negotiate data-rate. ER56565. * Fix open for selftest to return OK status when link-down on a reopen. ER56566. * Fix version number in PCI header. Should be 2.00.
Version 2.00b1 08/28/07 * Add 2500 support with major change in NVRAM and Flash utilities.
Version 1.27 08/21/07 * Change version string from 1.27b11 to 1.27 (Official release).
Version 1.27b11 07/31/07 * Move init-chip to reopen-hardware so FW loads in show-children if link-down. * Make chip-base, exprom, lun-index and port-update-occurred instance values. * Make link-up a Hard (not instance) so it stays set between instances. ER55858.
Version 1.27b10 07/11/07 * Fix find-dflts and dflt-wd@ to now handle 2-byte alignment in BIOS. ER55660.
Version 1.27b9 07/03/07 * Remove QLE2464 PCIe Dev control reg max-payload-siz set from 1.26b9. ER55588. * Added Data Rate command when debug-init is set, to display actual data rate.
Version 1.27b8 06/22/07 * Add setting WWPN bit-56. This bit is clear in the WWNN. This fixes a potential problem when OEM (DTI) uses oemutil to set the adapter's WWPN. Matches driver. * Add setting FW Option 1 word in ICB. Never reported as a problem, but... * Fix stack bug in login-device when comp-status is invalid(eg. 99). ER55423.
Version 1.27b7 06/11/07 * Fix stack bug created in 1.27b6 on Bad IOCB Entry Status. * Add Execute command error debug level x40 and rework debug levels.
Version 1.27b6 06/05/07 * Remove fc-mode, set-fc-mode (qla-mode) words from IBM version. * Change IOCB fail messages to show only when the debug? 08 bit is set. ER55150.
Version 1.27b5 05/24/07 * Fix restore-default-setting to skip the Adapter WWPN copy into NVRAM. ER55009.
Version 1.27b4 05/14/07 * Add re-login when IOCB status =x29|x28, which will init-chip & login-device. This change was made to handle cable-pulls during boot. ER54837. * Change debug messages: Loop Up/Down to Link Up/Down & add test-unit-ready. * Change makefile to create 256k byte Fcode-only images to be used with SCLI.
Version 1.27b3 05/03/07 * Add back restore-default-settings but restore entire NVRAM from BIOS defaults. * Fix ibm-encode-unit to drop LUN if =0 & remove leading zeros, like 2312 Fcode.
Version 1.27b2 04/03/07 (Sent to Lyle) * First pass at adding NVRAM max-frame-size in FW ICB. Based on vers 1.26b10.
Version 1.27b1 03/22/07 (beta version given to IBM) * Add 16-byte SCSI CDB read/write commands for LBA >2TB. Based on vers 1.26b10.
Version 1.26 05/17/07 * Change version string from 1.26b21 to 1.26 (Official release).
Version 1.26b21 04/26/07 * Remove error messages for 'TUR failed' & SCSI 'Retries exhausted'. ER54516.
Version 1.26b20 04/25/07 * Remove restore-default-settings for 1.26 rel. Put a complete restore in later.
Version 1.26b19 04/25/07 * Change version-prop "Host Adapter Driver" to "Host Adapter FCode". ER54455.
Version 1.26b18 04/24/07 * Fix list-wwns to not call get-portname-db if invalid topology. ER54434.
Version 1.26b17 04/19/07 * Add NVRAM parameters restore-default-settings, with confirm question. ER54346. * Stop using the bios-compatibility-mode bit in NVRAM and remove set-mode command since it is no longer used in the 4Gb FCode (needed for 2Gb only). * Move all of the NVRAM access methods into a separate file, nvram.fth.
Version 1.26b16 04/18/07 * Add show max-frame-size (show-maxfs) to show-settings. * Fix bug in VPD data fetch (vpd@) word. Need to poll ready bit. ER54345.
Version 1.26b15 04/13/07 * Fix max-frame-size typo in menu, should be 1024, was 1048. * Fix version number in PCI header, was 1b(1.27), should be 1a(1.26).
Version 1.26b14 04/13/07 * Change max-frame-size to use a 3 choice menu, 1-512, 2-1024, 3-2048. ER54229.
Version 1.26b13 04/12/07 * Add Fcode usage of NVRAM parameter, max-frame-size in FW initialize ICB. * Add word, set-max-frame-size, for changing this NVRAM parameter. ER53990.
Version 1.26b12 04/10/07 * Fix inquiry? to check for no-data xfer. Problem seen when LUN#>255. ER54103. * Add 16-byte SCSI CDB read/write (x88/x8a) commands for LBA >2TB. IBM request. This change does not affect the old 6-byte & 10-byte SCSI CDB reads/writes.
Version 1.26b11 04/04/07 * Change word show-boot-wwn from being 'external' to 'header', so it is not visible with fcode-debug? flag =false. Requires change to readme.txt. ER53873.
Version 1.26b10 03/02/07 * Fix stack bug, introduced in 1.26b8, in display-luns when report-luns fails. * Remove comp-status=6 error message on command timeout in execute-command. * Go back to using tar.Z instead of zip format for release files.
Version 1.26b9 03/01/07 * Set timeout field in IOCB prepare-command. Timeouts were disabled! ER50089. * Change qla-mode use-bid? flag back=0. It does not need to match the bootID. * Add QLE2464 max-payload-size in Device Config Reg, offset x54.
Version 1.26b8 02/07/07 * Remove debug? flag set if diag-switch? environment variable is true. * Add Work-around delay in show-children to give FW time before issuing IOCBs.
Version 1.26b7 02/06/07 * Add login-device in show-loop-devices to fix bug with StorEdge 3511 minnow. * Fix display-inquiry stack bug when inquiry command fails. * Fix sense buffer check for illegal request in report-luns method. * Remove LUN0 inquiry command execution in display-luns, when report-luns fails. * Removed "Warning: NVRAM boot-id should be=" when in qla-mode, & loop topology.
Version 1.26b6 02/01/07 * Reduce /lunbuf to x10000 for MACs. This reduces max-luns from 16k to 8k. * Change to use NVRAM boot-id when in qla-mode for fabric topology, use-bid?=-1.
Version 1.26b5 01/25/07 * Fix bug in fp.fth. logout-device was not present. Needed since v1.25b6. * Start using port-down-rc retry-count in spin-up and rw-blocks scsi commands. * Disallow 0 entry for set-link-timeout set-port-down-count & set-login-count. ER51830 and ER51857.
Version 1.26b4 01/17/07 * Change data-rate menu to use 'Gb/sec' instead of 'Gigabit'. ER51678.
Version 1.26b3 01/12/07 * Add LUN list and lun-present? check to qla-mode set-boot-wwn method. ER51224.
Version 1.26b2 01/05/07 * Add Atmel 26DF081A Flash support. * Fix ldfcode to set DevID field in all PCI image headers.
Version 1.26b1 12/21/06 * Add Fcode usage of NVRAM parameters: login-retry-count, link-down-timeout. Currently port-down-retry-count is still not used by the Fcode. * Add words: set-login-count, set-link-timeout. & set-port-down-count for changing these NVRAM parameters. * Add hidden words: show-logincnt, show-linkto. & show-portdcnt for displaying these NVRAM parameters. * Add these new words to the show-settings list and the show-commands list. * Change display of boot-lun and boot-id to be both hex and (decimal).
Version 1.25 12/11/06 * Change version string for the 1.25 Official release.
Version 1.25b7 12/08/06 * Do not use NVRAM boot-id in qla-mode unless use-bid? flag is set, normally=0.
Version 1.25b6 12/08/06 * Fix qla-mode boot-id bug in fabric-wwn-to-handle. Was not using NVRAM boot-id. * Set limits on qla-mode NVRAM boot-id <= 7ff and on boot-lun <= ff. ER50909. * Add logout-device (of target boot-device) in close of scsidisk child.
Version 1.25b5 12/05/06 * Fix stack bug in login-device. This bug was induced in 1.25b2, LS_RJT fix. * Remove GID_PN fail message from fabric-wwn-to-handle & display if debug? on. * Change SN# fetch in show-settings to get it from the VPD data, not the WWN. * Add debugging to fcp-targets and fcp-luns. * In qlc-mode, disallow set-boot-wwn, set-boot-id & don't list in show-commands.
Version 1.25b4 12/02/06 * Fix GID_PN (0x121) & GPN_ID (0x112) SNS commands to handle a null buffer.
Version 1.25b3 12/01/06 * Fix link-down topology=f case bug in device-present?. * Change ext-loopback-test to separate diag-init-chip & lb-ext (external).
Version 1.25b2 11/29/06 Fix login-devices bug on LS_RJT (found by Lyle), logout to preserve phandles.
Version 1.25b1 11/22/06 * Add show-commands. ER50338. * Add decimal display of target & Lun # in show-children.
Version 1.24 11/13/06 * Change version 1.24b3 string to the Official release 1.24. * Change max-luns=16K for qlc-mode. Limit LUN field range to 8-bits in qla-mode.
Version 1.24b3 11/13/06 * Fix report-luns buffer & command, add 8 bytes for # of LUNs field. ER50220.
Version 1.24b2 11/09/06 * Change max-luns=256 (max # of LUNs per target) to match the driver. Was 1024. * Change execute-command to check status returned by login-device, & fail if bad * Change selftest to use init-chip which waits for fw-ready, instead of a delay.
Version 1.24b1 11/03/06 * Execute external-LB test from selftest only if in FL-port or NL-port topology. * Create command ext-loopback-test. Allows manual execution of External Loopback * Change ldfcode in flash-pgm to allow flashing of 1MB multi-boot images.
Version 1.23 10/18/06 * Change version 1.23b1 string to the Official release 1.23.
Version 1.23b1 10/11/06 * Add ~2 sec. delay before executing show-nport-devices in show-children. * Added Level debugging. * Move tools directory up one level, so we don't keep a copy in every version.
Version 1.22 10/02/06 * Change version 1.22b5 string to the Official release 1.22.
Version 1.22b5 09/29/06 * Fix isp2400-probe bug on PCIe HBAs. HBA regs were not mapped when load-stub-fw was executed. Also, moved isp2400-probe execution to the end of ifp.fth.
Version 1.22b4 09/19/06 1 Fixed list-wwns word so set-boot-wwn will work for N-port topology . 2 Fix selftest again so connection-mode always = Auto, during the test.
Version 1.22b3 09/15/06 1 Fixed get-id-list word to work for N-port topology on the ISP2400. 1 Increase max-fab-devs to 2048. 3 Change initial value of topology to x0f. (invalid) 4 Add show-settings word to list the HBA's settings. Make version word external. 5 Fix selftest to work independent of NVRAM connection-mode setting.
Version 1.22b2 09/11/06 1 Fixed processing of get-id-for-fc4type GID_FT buffer to check for null buffer. 2 Changed names of prom output files to isp2400.sun.fc and isp2400.ibm.fc.
Version 1.22b1 08/21/06 1 Add FW initialization stub loader at probe time & in close method. This is done only on PCIe HBAs (i.e. Dev-ID not equal to 2422). 2 The Makefile was changed: The tokenizer directory was changed to tools and a local copy of cpp and makearray are kept in tools. Tokenize and fakeboot are no longer used, and .out files are no longer created, only raw .fc files with no header. ldfcode will not work on older fcode, update with init version
Version 1.21 08/01/06 * Change version to non-beta after testing.
Version 1.21b1 07/18/06 * Change info-count from an instance value to simple value. This will limit the version banner to be displayed only once during the boot process.
Version 1.20 06/22/06 * Prohibit connection-mode change if DevID=54xx. Print: Model # will Auto-negotiate.
Version 1.19 06/14/06 * Release. Add support for QLE210, SSDID=x132(Sun) & SSDID=x13E(Qlgc).
Version 1.19b2 06/13/06 1 Prohibit data-rate change if DevID=54xx. Print: Model # will Auto-negotiate. 2 Add get-model-prop word. For printing model # if data-rate change is rejected.
Version 1.19b1 06/09/06 1 The memory size tested in mem-test will now be cut in half on all HBAs with Device ID = 54xx, such as the QLE220. The word reduce-func? was created. 2 Word for reading config space regs, vid@, did@, ssvid@, & ssdid@ were created.
Version 1.18 05/24/06 * Make v1.18b2 release v1.18
Version 1.18b2 05/23/06 1 Fix problem found on Sun T2000 PCIe. pci-compat-str did not handle dev-id=5432 2 Remove class-code-string2 word. It was producing a bad string pciclass,0400.
Version 1.18b1 05/19/06 1 Add support for several HBAs including the Sun QLE220 HBA with SSDID=x14E. 2 Add restriction of qla-mode change on all SUNW type HBAs. 3 Remove extra version string display during selftest. 4 Fix read-block-ext to only use read-capacity command, not try mode-sense first 5 Add display of non-zero FCP/SCSI status during debug mode. 6 Fix initialization of port-update-occurred flag during wait for isp-fw-ready?
Version 1.17 03/31/06 1 Put in Asif's fix for retry?(scsi.fth) to check sense length before IOCB copy. 2 Make my-wwn value external for IBM users. 3 Put in Asif's fix for ibm-decode-unit, to correctly parse out WWN and LUN# in cases where the LUN# may or may not be specified in the path. 4 Fix IBM set-address to correctly set obp-lun-lo and opb-lun-hi.
Version 1.16b11 03/28/06 * Make qla-mode? value in qlc parent & qla-mode? word in fp child node external. Before fix, would not work if fcode-debug? = false.
Version 1.16b10 03/20/06 1 Fix fcp-luns for FL-PORT. Add 2dup so WWN is on the stack for f-port-fcp-luns 2 Make qla-mode? not instance value so show-devs will work. 3 Change fnv-access-to back (from x10 to x800) 4 Add set-timeout word back (needed for IBM). It was removed in b1.16b1
Version 1.16b9 03/08/06 * Change Firmware load-image to run faster.(very slow on serengeti) change read-code-segment to rd-code-seg. Change dly-val from 50 to 10. Move FLASH-ERR ifpcsr! to get-addr-len. Change fnv-access-to from x1000 to x10
Version 1.16b8 03/07/06 * Serengeti fix child creation. Put all if statements inside colin definitions. * Move scsicom.fth words into scsidisk.fth
Version 1.16b7 03/03/06 * Mod child creation. Use qla-mode? flag, not the property. Remove prop qla-mode * Change Loop init error message to print only if in debug mode.
Version 1.16b6 02/27/06 * Fix encode-unit to encode the lun target integer pair. Used in qla-mode.
Version 1.16b5 02/23/06 * Swap order of boot-wwn-hi & boot-wwn-lo in NVRAM (hi is now first) Always prompt for boot-target-id in set-boot-wwn.
Version 1.16b4 02/09/06 * Remove periods in display-wwn & display-inquiry,LUN. Now show-children looks the same as it use to. * Add 2-bit fcode-host field to fcode-parameter word (wd offset x56) in NVRAM. Value can be 00-SPARC, 01-IBM, or 10-MAC. This will affect the version string. The 01-IBM value should not be used. The IBM version is still a seperate binary
Version 1.16b3 02/03/06 * Change Initiator test in login-device also. Test TARG-BIT of Service params. * Change show-login-devices & show-fabric-devices to skip display-luns if display-port-db fails. Check target bit done in get-port-db. Now FL-port works
Version 1.16b2 01/31/06 * Remove all #ifdef MAC instructions. Make SUN version the SPARC/MAC version * Fix problem found @SUN w/6920, Change Initiator test in get-portname-db.
Version 1.16b1 01/30/06 * Add support for Apple MAC Fcode, using #ifdefs. Make it 32-bit compatible. * Add disk-test (read-write-read-compare) selected target with sel-dev & sel-lun Moved read-block-ext, timed-spin, r/w-blocks from sd node to parent qlc node.
Version 1.15 Beta_2 12/15/05 * Modify beacon word to flash top and bottom LEDs only!
Version 1.15 Beta_1 12/09/05 * Change node name to QLGC,qla for qla-mode on Sun platforms. * Added boot ID NVRAM modification to the set-boot-wwn method.
Version 1.14 11/04/05 * Added support for qla-mode on Sun platforms. Added NVRAM modification words for Fcode parameter byte (fcode-mode) and Boot Port Name/Boot LUN. Including: set-fc-mode, set-boot-wwn, fc-mode@, boot-wwn@, boot-wwn!, and boot-lun@. * Add creation of qla-mode property if the fcode-mode bit is set. * Modify set-address and device-present? to handle #address-cells =2 in qla-mode * Modify set-address & prepare-command to correctly handle 64-bit LUNs. * Cleaned up code. Got rid of unneeded calls to get-id. Made all constants CAPs. * Added login-devices word to login to all fabric devices and return #ports. * Added display-port-db word used by list-wwns and show-children (fabric & loop) * Modified show-fabric-devices to call login-devices and the call get-port-db
Version 1.13 10/28/05 * Asif fixed retry? in scsi.fth to check sense length before copy to IOCB.
Version 1.12 10/10/05 * Fixed issue with multiple initiators on local loop
Version 1.11 (1.10.13) 10/3/05 * Fixed Sun defect CR 6308066 (ER43414) Boot failed from Pyramid targets * Fixed Sun defect CR 6328443 Failed to boot from SE6920/6130 target * Fixed Sun defect CR 6324644 (ER43580) SE6130 LUN information is not shown correctly
Version 1.10.11 09/28/05 * Fixed ER42627: selftest does not perform risc-test. * Populate fcp-luns data structure with LUN values in little-endian byte order.
Version 1.10.09 09/26/05 * Fixed ER42883: Getting illegal instruction following a probe-scsi-all. * Fixed ER43041: device name prop creation SUNW or QLGC or fibre-channel. * Fixed ER42627: risc-test causes unknown error. Included init-chip before test. * Fixed ER43571: Version property now includes the model string.
Version 1.10 09/13/05 * Included special steps in reset-risc.
Version 1.09 09/12/05 * Released 1.08.06 for test.
Version 1.08.06 09/09/05 * Fixed Sun defect 6309765 - (ER43064 same issue) Adapter information not printed the second time probe-scsi-all is typed. * Fixed Sun defect 6308468 - boot message is not generic. * Fixed Sun defect 6308071 - probe-scsi-all prints incorrect message if no cable connects to a port. * Fixed ER43133 - Displays Error: Unable to get Adapter ID when executing probe-scsi-all. * Fixed ER43135 - The header info indicate ISP2422 instead of ISP2432. * Fixed ER42880 - Mailbox or IOCB interrupt timeout occurred. * Fixed ER42883 - get-portname-db failed. * fcp-targets and show-children would cause login into initiators, and then subsequent scsi cmds to logged-in initiators would fail/timeout. Checked for device type (target/initiator) in PRLI parameters field in response iocb in words get-port-db and login-device, (performed a logout in the case of login-device word (which is fabric topology case)) and returned failure to ensure that no scsi cmds would be issued to initiator devices. * Device name property string dependent on ISP24xx subsystem-device-id for SPARC platform. * Model property dependent on ISP24xx device-id. * Compatible property string prefixed with "pci" (ISP2422) or "pciex" (ISP2432).
Version 1.08.05 07/29/05 * Fix bug in version-prop method for the IBM version (needed a swap).
Version 1.08.04 07/27/05 * Change version-prop method to concatenate long-string & short-verion string Now the date and version number are contained in one single place! * Make the beacon word external. * Add get-id to init-chip to set the topology. Take get-id out of open. * Reorganize the order of methods in ifp.fth * Fix get-sense (retry?) to use the sense data in completion IOCB, if available. * Modify report-luns to accept an "Illegal Request" unit check response. * Move all SCSI related commands to hacom.fth and rename it "scsi.fth". *
Version 1.08.03 07/12/05 * Change version property string, Add date to the end. * Put LED test "beacon" word back in. It was removed in Version 1.08b6. * Fix login-device call in f-port-fcp-luns method (fcp-luns.fth). * Comment-out call to logout-device in f-port-fcp-luns. (need to stay logged in) * Add release-history.txt file to release package. * Include tokenizer directory in release package, change makefile to use it.
Version 1.08.02 07/05/05 * Fix show-children hang bug when no devices attached, re-wrote show-fabric-devices method. * Create common get-id method to get adapter's ID & portid, new value my-portid. * Add 8048 Async error retry return code (x99) to the do-cur-iocb method. * Create common method, process-async, called by do-cur-iocb and get-mail. * Implement logout-device and logout-devices. (Was a no-op) * Change login-device to return completion-status, clean-up process-login-err. * Changed mailbox command names from isp- to mbc-. * Shortened some messages and made them common. Shortened some value names.
Version 1.08.01 06/28/05 * Change the version string only, for release to Sun.
Version 1.08b7 06/28/05 * Add Serial-Transmit-Parameter mailbox command, set-isp-stp, to init-image. * Add set-slc method to set the Serial-Link-Control parameters in NVRAM. This allows the operator to change the output swing and output pre-emphasis for 1Gb, 2Gb & 4Gb. * Change FCode checksum to use checksum in FCode Header, we will not use our own checksum byte at offset 0xfffc in Flash. The check-fcode method, which is part of selftest, now works on a combined BIOS/FCode/EFI Flash Image. * Add check for "ISP " signature in NVRAM method, nvr-bad?, which is called before setting connection-mode, data-rate and bios-compatibility-mode. If the NVRAM is bad, default values will be used instead. * Fix NVRAM checksum to be the same as Flasutil. (sum words not bytes to = zero) * Added show-bootid & show-model methods to show the corresponding NVRAM values. * Clean up load-image method. * Got rid of set-adapter-loopid. No reference in NVRAM docs, and never used. * Got rid of starting-id stuff. * Changed makefile to not use fiximage or fill128 utility. Use dd cmd instead!
Version 1.08b6 06/20/05 * Shorten version property for luxadm problem. * Add selftest, including: check-nvram, check-fcode, mem-test, risc-test (isp online selftest) and diag-lb (internal, 10-bit, 1-bit, & external loopback) * Fix image size to pad image to 512 byte boundary, and update PCI header value. * Added map-dma to combined dma-alloc and dma-map-in methods. And add unmap-dma to combined dma-free and dma-map-out methods. * Added init-chip method to initialize & re-load FW, equivalent to re-selecting. * Add fiximage.c utility to calculated FCode checksum for Flash images.
Version 1.08b5 05/26/05 * Fix set-fc-address for IBM. Now "Select Boot/Install device" works! * Fix no-data command during IOCB build in prepare-command method. * Added sav-fc method to save a copy of the FCode to RAM at location x4030. * Moved FCode programming methods to a separate file, flash-pgm.fth.
Version 1.08b4 05/23/05 * Fix report-luns method problem when 0 LUNs is returned. * Add SST25LF080A flash support. Add getpid method to check PROM ID.
Version 1.08b3 05/20/05 (First delivery to Qlogic) * Fix BIOS compatible NVRAM parameter bit bug in set-mode method. * The show-children method is now working for loop (nl) and fabric topology, but n-port (point-to-point) is still not supported!
Version 1.08b2 05/19/05 * Change model = QLGC24xx, name = SUNW,qlc. * Add Asif's multiple IOCB interrupt fix. Using rsq-iocb-valid? method.
Version 1.08b1 05/18/05 * Got manual booting on IBM working! Many changes to fcp-luns & fcp-targets. * Fixed SUN/IBM version banner bug. * Modified verbiage in NVRAM mod? word.
Version 1.08x 05/16/05 * Fixed Endian problem w/phandle, now booting in loop topology on the Sun. * Added fcp-targets and fcp-luns methods for IBM platform compatibility.
Version 1.07 05/13/05 * Initial release with booting fabric device working on Sun. * Add ldfcode utility to program FCode at the OK prompt. * Fixed all of the NVRAM parameter set methods. * Combined various pieces of FCode from 2312 & 24xx code bases.
2. Known Issues
None
3. Notices
Information furnished in this document is believed to be accurate and reliable. However, QLogic Corporation assumes no responsibility for its use, nor for any infringements of patents or other rights of third parties which may result from its use. QLogic Corporation reserves the right to change product specifications at any time without notice. Applications described in this document for any of these products are only for illustrative purposes. QLogic Corporation makes no representation nor warranty that such applications are suitable for the specified use without further testing or modification. QLogic Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document.
4. Contacting Support
For further assisance, contact QLogic Technical Support at: http://support.qlogic.com
Trademarks
Accelera, Accelerating Cluster Performance, InfiniCon Systems, InfiniNIC, InfiniPath, InfiniView, QLA, QLogic, the QLogic logo, ReadyPath, SANdoctor, SANsurfer, and SilverStorm are registered trademarks of QLogic Corporation. All other brand and product names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.
(c) Copyright 2013. All rights reserved worldwide. QLogic, the QLogic logo, and the Powered by QLogic logo are registered trademarks of QLogic Corporation. All other brand and product names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners. qlgc_fw_fc_4g-mb2_50_05-sysx_windows_32-64_chg
Integrated Management Module II (IMM2) Firmware Update Change History
Version 3.65, 1AOO50D - Critical Fix: -- Corrected a problem on the System x3500 M4 server causing the system to shut down due to an erroneous critical temperature event reported by the ambient temperature sensor - Fixed a problem where the IMM2 may erroneously report a fan fault in the x3630 M4 when the system is powering on. See RETAIN tip H207461 for the description of the original problem - Fixed a screen refresh problem where it occurs after resetting IMM2 - Fixed a firmware problem that may cause the IMM2 to reset unexpectedly - Fixed a problem where the IMM2 SNMP interface may intermittently be unavailable if the system is running VMWARE ESXi 5.x - Fixed a problem where the CPU may potentially throttle in the x3650 M4 system with two 550 watt power supplies and one hard drive backplane
Version 3.60, 1AOO50C - Added support for the Intel IvyBridge-EP CPU on the HS23 blade - Fixed a problem where the HS23 hard drive number reported in the AMM event did not match the drive number on the physical blade enclosure - Fixed an intermittent problem where the UXSPI update utility may erroneously report that the firmware image is not meant for the HS23 system - Fixed a problem that causes the AMM web interface to not display properly when drives are removed or inserted - Fixed a problem where the IMM2 may not detect an over temperature condition for a DIMM
Version 3.55, 1AOO50E - Fixed an issue so a fully qualified domain name can be used for a syslog collector in addition to an IP address - Fixed an issue to allow a user the ability to specify the port to use for syslog notifications, rather than only supporting the default port
Version 3.50, 1AOO50B - Fixed an issue where the default static IPv4 address was assigned to the IMM2 management interface instead of the user configured static IPv4 address in DHCP fallback to static mode, if the DHCP server was not available - Prevent a VLAN from being configured on the IMM2 management interface for Flex nodes - Fixed a problem where the CPU throttling state recovery indication to the FSM might not be properly reported - Corrected an issue with the launch of the IMM2 Remote Console operation that required a restart of the IMM2 - Corrected the firmware to apply the inactivity timeout to web pages that automatically refresh - Updated the web browser support. The following web browsers are supported: Firefox 3.6-20 Chrome 13-26 Internet Explorer 8-10 - Added support for the S3 Sleeping State to the IMM2 user interfaces on those servers that include the S3 feature - Added changes to use the minimum TLS version setting that is provisioned by the CMM in Flex for encrypted communication - Enhanced the content of the service data file to assist in problem determination - Added a option to have the IMM2 automatically copy the firmware from its primary bank into the backup bank after the firmware has been run for a period of time and proven itself to be stable - Enhanced the IMM2 firmware to automatically restore itself without the need for user intervention if the firmware becomes corrupted - Added new commands on the command line interface to stop a serial redirection operation that is currently in progress, and to report the user names that have a serial redirection operation started - Added changes to use the DNS settings that are provisioned by the CMM in Flex to support use of an LDAP hostname for authentication - Updated the firmware to log hardware inventory change informational messages - Added support for the Service Advisor feature on stand alone rack servers to automatically call for service when a repair is needed - Added support to configure the Ethernet-over-USB IP address using ASU - Added changes to support the thermal requirements for new Solid State Drives used with the ServeRAID M5100 Series IBM Flex System Flash Kit v2 - Updated the IMM2 date and time web page on Flex nodes to only display the current date and time - Updated the SSH firmware to address various OpenSSH vulnerabilities that have been identified by security community - Added changes to support the Web Services-Management protocol
Version 3.40, 1AOO48M - Supports System x3250 M5, Machine Type: 5458
Version 3.37, 1AOO48P - Added support for the IBM NeXtScale Storage Native Expansion (NeX) Tray for IBM NeXtScale nx360 M4
Version 3.36, 1AOO48Q - Fixed a problem on System x iDataPlex dx360M4 where a CIM client cannot get needed event information for asserted events
Version 3.35, 1AOO48N - Critical Fix: -- Corrected a problem on the System x3650 M4 and x3650 M4 HD servers causing the system to shut down due to an erroneous critical temperature event reported by the ambient temperature sensor
Version 3.30, 1AOO48L - Fixed a problem on System x iDataPlex dx360M4 where nodes shutdown due to a critical temperature event from the Ambient Temp sensor
Version 3.20, 1AOO48K - Supports System NeXtScale nx360 M4, Machine Type: 5455
Version 3.10, 1AOO48H - Added support for System x3650 M4 HD, Machine Type 5460 - Added support for newer CPUs in the System x iDataPlex dx360M4, x3500M4, x3550M4, and x3650M4 servers - Added a feature on the System x3550 M4 and x3650 M4 to fail over from the dedicated systems management network port to the shared port when the dedicated network link is not available - Fixed a problem where an NTP update message is logged every 1440 minutes - Fixed a problem where the IMM2 web interface won't accept an NTP hostname string that starts with a numeric character - Fixed a problem where the LDAP Group Filter authentication does not work as expected - Fixed a problem where the IMM2 reports 0 Watts when the System x iDataPlex dx360M4 is DC cycled or resumes from the S3 sleep state - Fixed an Ethernet problem that may cause an IMM2 failure to establish a link when the Ethernet speed and duplex settings are not configured to use auto-negotiation
Version 2.50, 1AOO40Z - Added support for the Solarflare SFN5162F MR Dual Port 10GbE SFP+ Adapter, and Solarflare SFN6122F LL Dual Port 10GbE SFP+ Adapter for System x3550 M4 and x3650 M4 NOTE: UEFI also needs to be upgraded to D7E128B (v 1.40 or newer, for the x3550 M4) or VVE128B (v1.40 or newer, for the x3650 M4) to support these cards - Added support for the Mellanox ConnectX-3 Dual Port QDR/FDR10 mezzanine card and Mellanox ConnectX-3 VPI Single-port QSFsorry.P FDR14/40GbE HCA on System x3550 M4, and x3650 M4 - Added optional Fan Zone support for single CPU systems (x3550 M4 and x3650 M4) with an installed with Qlogic Dual Port 10GbE SFP+ Embedded VFA - Fixed an intermittent problem where a Gratuitous ARP is not sent successfully - Fixed a problem where after the IMM2 firmware is flashed, there is a slight chance that the IMM2 web server can't be accessed when AC power is reapplied - Disabled the weak cipher suit used in the SSL/TLS firmware with the https protocol to avoid potential security vulnerabilities - Fixed a problem on the System x3750 M4 where the IMM2 shared mode network connection will be lost after upgrading the firmware of the onboard Emulex BE3 controller - Fixed a problem on the HS23 where the OS watchdog timer doesn't work - Fixed a problem on the HS23 where the Fault LED occasionally lights when the chassis is powered on with the BPE4 - Fixed a problem on the HS23 where the server may shut down after resetting the IMM2 - Enhanced the messaging mechanism between the BladeCenter AMM and the IMM2 - Added power management capability in the IMM2 web interface
Version 2.00, 1AOO40E - Critical Fix: -- Improves the reliability of the CPU and/or memory VRDs. This improvement lowers the occurrence of CPU & memory VRD failures on the x3300 M4 and x3750 M4 -- IMM2 improved error reporting for missing/down CPU in invalid CPU configuration for x4440 M4 - Corrected a problem that caused 3.3V and 5V faults to be reported by IMM2 firmware level 1aoo34z(1.85) on the HS23E blade - Eagle Ray SAS controller LED fault support improvements added for all ITE platforms
Version 1.97, 1AOO36R - Critical Fix: -- Improves the reliability of the CPU and/or memory VRDs. This improvement lowers the occurrence of CPU & memory VRD failures on x3650 M4, x3550 M4 and x3500 M4 - Thermal behavior enhancement on System x iDataPlex dx360 M4
Version 1.95, 1AOO36P (for System x iDataPlex servers) - Added support for NVIDIA K1,K2,K20,K20x GPUs on System x iDataPlex dx360 M4
Version 1.88, 1AOO40A (for PureFlex System Compute Nodes) - Critical Fix: -- Fixed a potential security vulnerability with node management user accounts (Reference to Security Bulletin CVE-2012-4838) - Fixed a problem on Flex Systems where the SNMP get and set authority levels did not work - Fixed a problem on Flex Systems where mounting of remote media in a Linux environment showed a USB error - Fixed a problem on Flex Systems that caused the Remote Control Video Viewer window on a RHEL5.8 client to move when the arrow key is pressed - Fixed a problem on Flex Systems where the SMTP "Test Connection" button did not work when the SMTP port is changed - Fixed a problem on Flex Systems where the SNMP get and set authority levels did not work - Fixed a problem on Flex Systems where mounting of remote media in a Linux environment showed a USB error - Fixed a problem on Flex Systems that caused the Remote Control Video Viewer window on a RHEL5.8 client to move when the arrow key is pressed - Fixed a problem on Flex Systems where the SMTP "Test Connection" button did not work when the SMTP port is changed - Corrected the Mezzanine card power fault monitoring on the Flex System x440 Compute Node - Corrected a problem with IBM Fabric Manager configuration from the Flex Chassis Management Module - Added support to retrieve configuration settings from an LDAP server - Added support for the Flex Storage Expansion Node - Added support for CIM indications over https - Added fingerprint checking for SFTP transfers - Added automatic recovery of corrupted UEFI firmware - Added support for authenticated SMTP alerts - Added a display of the users who have a Remote Control session in progress - Provided a request to a Remote Control client to disconnect the session - Added support for the server S3 (sleep) state - Changed the default NTP sync interval from 3 minutes to 24 hours - Fixed a problem where the ambient temperature is only displayed in degrees Fahrenheit - Fixed a problem on the web interface where 'local' is not accepted as a top level domain name in the email format when configuring event recipients - Corrected an IMM2 SNMP trap OID to match the prior IMM format - Fixed a problem that prevented an external USB device from being remotely mounted as a floppy drive in Windows Server 2003 - Changed the blue Location led behavior to not blink when a firmware update is in progress
Version 1.85, 1AOO34Z (for BladeCenter blades and System x Servers) - Critical Fix: -- Fixed a potential security vulnerability with node management user accounts (Reference to Security Bulletin CVE-2012-4838) - Fixed a problem where a Blade Open Fabric Manager uncorrectable error can occur when booting the HS23 - Fixed a problem that IMM IPMI command periodically timed out when using HS23 in Chassis with the management network being disabled in some special configurations - Added support for the HS23 to recognize NEBS/Enterprise Mode for Telco chassis (this feature needs Advanced Management Module Firmware BPET62U or later) - Fixed a problem where the ambient temperature is only displayed in degrees Fahrenheit - Fixed a problem where on rack systems that have 2 power supplies installed, the 'Redundancy Power unit has been restored' event is logged every time that the IMM2 is reset - Fixed a problem where a Fan Tach going low (lower critical) event is intermittently asserted when configuring the IMM2 to use an NTP server - Fixed a problem on the web interface where 'local' is not accepted as a top level domain name in the email format when configuring event recipients - Corrected an IMM2 SNMP trap OID to match the prior IMM format - Fixed a problem that prevented an external USB device from being remotely mounted as a floppy drive in Windows Server 2003 - Changed the blue Location led behavior to not blink when a firmware update is in progress - Fixed a problem on the HS23E that causes Preboot DSA to hang in CLI mode when a user accesses it using Serial over LAN - Fixed a problem on rack servers where ASU cannot set IMM.GRP_GroupName.1 and IMM.GRP_GroupName.2 if the string length is 16 characters or longer. The firmware was corrected to allow a maximum length of 64 characters - Added support for CIM indications over https - Added fingerprint checking for SFTP transfers - Added automatic recovery of corrupted UEFI firmware - Added support for authenticated SMTP alerts - Added a display of the users who have a Remote Control session in progress - Provided a request to a Remote Control client to disconnect the session - Added support for the server S3 (sleep) state
Version 1.85, 1AOO34Y (for PureFlex System V7000 Storage Node) - Added support for Flex System V7000 Storage Node
Version 1.79, 1AOO36F - Thermal behavior enhancement on System x iDataPlex dx360 M4
Version 1.78, 1AOO36E - Thermal behavior enhancement for 115W & 95W CPU on System x iDataPlex dx360 M4 - Added support for the Intel KNC 5110p card
Version 1.77, 1AOO32X - Thermal behavior enhancement for 115W CPU on System x iDataPlex dx360 M4
Version 1.75, 1AOO32S - Fixed a problem that a PCI uncorrectable error occurs when using HS23 with CFFh card (44W4479) in the BCS chassis - Fixed a problem where an "Unsupported blade/blower combination" error is reported when using the HS23 in the BCHT chassis configured in Enterprise mode - Fixed a problem in System x3530 M4, where the reported Active Energy Manager input/output power readings are inaccurate - Fixed a problem in System x3530 M4, x3630 M4, where an LDAP account can not login using the AD_CrossDomain tree - Fixed a problem in System x3530 M4, x3630 M4, where a user cannot use the "DNS to Find LDAP server/Extract search domain from login ID" setting from the IMM2 web to access an eDirectory server - Added support for Common Form Factor power supplies Oversubscription in System x3750 M4, Machine Types: 8722, 8733
Version 1.65, 1AOO32O - Support the power supply Over-Subscription feature - Support the 750 Watt DC power supply for System x3650 M4,x3550 M4 - Support IBM 1.2TB High IOPS MLC Mono Adapter, IBM 2.4TB High IOPS MLC Duo Adapter for System x3650 M4, x3550 M4 - Support IBM LLM-SM Dual Port 10GbE SFP+ Adapter for System x3650 M4 - Fixed an abnormal Fan Zone recovery problem - Fixed a problem that IMM2 Email notification doesn't support an e-mail address with the underscore '_' character - Fixed a power policy "Restore" problem - Fixed a problem where the LDAP hostname can't be changed by ASU - Fixed a problem that the length of email address (for SNMP notification) is limited to 32 characters
Version 1.60, 1AOO32P - Fixed a problem where the Chassis Management Module cannot correctly get the Mezzanine card information for the Flex System x220 Compute Node - Fixed a problem where the PreBoot DSA firmware could not be updated under VMWare ESXi 5 through the Flex System Manager's Update Manager - Fixed a problem where an IMM2 communications error can occur if an unexpected response causes VMware to spawn multiple processes when it does not receive the data it expects from the IMM2
Version 1.59, 1AOO32K - Supports System x3300 M4, Machine Types: 7382
Version 1.53, 1AOO30Z - Included an update to the FPGA that fixes an intermittent issue where the CPUs do not show up in a system with a RAID card installed, when the AC is removed and reapplied from the server without allowing sufficient time for the system hardware to completely discharge
Version 1.52, 1AOO34A - Added redundant power supply and hot swap hard drive support in System x3100 M4
Version 1.51, 1AOO30Y - Support for NVIDIA Tesla K10, M2070Q, M2090 GPU cards on System x iDataPlex dx360 M4 - Fixed a problem in System x iDataPlex dx360 M4 where the password expires after creating a new user in the IMM2 web interface - Fixed a problem in System x iDataPlex dx360 M4, when the memory sensor changes from 'critical' to 'warning,' but the severity is not updated in the syslog or the email notification
Version 1.50, 1AOO30W - Supports System HS23, Machine Types: 7875,1929 - Supports System x3650 M4, Machine Types: 7915 - Supports System x3550 M4, Machine Types: 7914 - Supports System x3500 M4, Machine Types: 7383 - Added support for the Intel Xeon E5-2643 processor on the HS23 in BCH-R3, BCS and BCHT chassis - Fixed a problem where the IMM2 incorrectly logged an "Unsupported blade/blower combination" on the HS23 in the BC-E 8677 chassis - Fixed a power restore problem on systems that have 2 Delta power supplies installed - Fixed a problem in System x3650 M4, x3550 M4, x3500 M4, where OpenLDAP Group Authentication filtering function doesn't work - Fixed a problem in System x3650 M4, x3550 M4, x3500 M4, where LDAP account can not login using the AD_CrossDomain tree
Version 1.45, 1AOO28S - Fixed a problem in Flex System x220 where the Chassis Management Module (CMM) Command Line Interface can't display the Mezzanine card information - Fixed a problem in Flex System x220 and x240 where the prebootDSA firmware cannot be updated through Flex System Manager's Update Manager
Version 1.40, 1AOO30T - Supports System x3750 M4, Machine Types: 8722, 8733
Version 1.38, 1AOO30D - Supports System x3630 M4, Machine Type: 7158 - Supports System x3530 M4, Machine Type: 7160
Version 1.36, 1AOO30P - Fixed an intermittent remote media failure in system HS23E - Fixed a problem in system HS23E where remote media does not work when two or more users have concurrent remote control sessions
Version 1.34, 1AOO28Q - Supports Flex System Manager Node, Machine Type: 8731 - Supports Flex System x240 Compute Node, Machine Types: 7863, 8737, 8738 - Supports Flex System x220 Compute Node, Machine Types: 2585, 7906
Version 1.32, 1AOO28N - Supports System x3630 M4, Machine Type: 7158 - Supports System x3530 M4, Machine Type: 7160 - Fixed a problem that may see unexpected fan events after power on in x3100 M4 and x3250 M4 systems - Enhanced robustness on I2C bus test
Version 1.30, 1AOO28M - Supports System HS23E, Machine Types: 8038,8039
Version 1.26, 1AOO26N - Supports System x3650 M4, Machine Types: 7915
Version 1.25, 1AOO26K - Supports System x3550 M4, Machine Types: 7914 - Supports System x3500 M4, Machine Types: 7383 - Supports System x iDataPlex dx360 M4, Machine Types: 7912,7913
Version 1.22, 1AOO26O - Supports System HS23, Machine Types: 7875,1929 Problems Fixed: - Fixed a problem where the BOFM configuration may be lost after a blade power cycle - Fixed an LED error indication that occurs on the BPE4 - Fixed a problem where the Info LED lights during the discovery stage - Fixed a problem where an ABR event is not logged - Fixed an intermittent communication problem between the AMM and IMM2 - Fixed a problem that causes the remote media function to hang when a second user attempts to mount remote media - Fixed a problem where the 'break' keyboard function doesn't work with Serial Over LAN
Version 1.21, 1AOO26L - Supports System HS23, Machine Types: 7875,1929
Version 1.10, 1AOO24B - Supports System dx360 M4, Machine Types: 7918,7919
Version 1.05, 1AOO10K - Fixed the false alert issue in redundant PSU model
Version 1.00, 1AOO10I - Initial Release - Supports System x3250 M4, Machine Types: 2583,2587 - Supports System x3100 M4, Machine Types: 2582,2586
(C) Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 2008 - 2013. All rights reserved.
Mellanox WinOF VPI Release NotesRev 4.3 1Overview This is the release notes for Mellanox WinOF Rev 4.3 VPI drivers. The driver intends to improve performance and functionality of the driver. Therefore, Mellanox strongly recommends updating to its latest driver to achieve optimal performance and additional functionality. 1.1Mellanox WinOF Rev 4.3 New Features • Support for a new ND provider, ND filter • Performance improvement • Embedded firmware in the Mellanox driver. The firmware can be upgraded upon driver installation. •Bug Fixes 1.2WinOF VPI Package Contents The Mellanox WinOF 4.3 for Windows package contains the following components: • Core and ULPs: • IB HCA low-level drivers (mlx4) • IB Access Layer (IBAL) • Ethernet driver (ETH) • IP over InfiniBand (IPoIB) • NetworkDirect (ND) • Utilities: • OpenSM (OSM): InfiniBand Subnet Manager (beta level) • Low level performance tools • vstat - get the card status • IB Diagnostics tools • SW Development Kit (SDK) • Documentation 1.3Supported Operating Systems Versions Supported Operating Systems and Service Packs: • Windows Server 2012 (x64 bit only) • Windows Server 2008 (32 bit, and 64 bit) • Windows Server 2008 R2 (64 bit) Mellanox Technologies5
--------------------------------------- 6
Mellanox WinOF VPI Release NotesRev 4.3 1.4Supported Network Adapter Cards • Mellanox MLNX_WinOF_4.3__.exe supports the following Mella- nox network adapter cards: • ConnectX®-2/ConnectX®-2 EN /SDR/DDR/QDR • ConnectX®-3/ConnectX®-3 EN /SDR/DDR/QDR/FDR Mellanox recommends upgrading ConnectX®-2 and ConnectX®-3 to the latest General Availability (GA) firmware version. To enable improved functionality while using this WinOF release, it is recommended to upgrade ConnectX®-3 adapter cards to firmware v2.11.0500 or higher. Mellanox Technologies6
--------------------------------------- 7
Mellanox WinOF VPI Release NotesRev 4.3 2Changes and Major New Features 2.1New Features and Changes in Version 4.3 From Version 4.2 Table 1 - Changes and New Features CategoryDescription General Added support for a new provider called MLX4ND, which supports both NDv1 and NDv2 interfaces. Performance The performance tuning works according to the operating systems that are running over it. The keywords added to the registry in NDIS support 6.30 are: • RssMaxProcNumber • NumRSSQueues • RSSProfile The keywords added to the registry In NDIS support 6.20 are: • RssBaseProcNumber • MaxRssProcessors • RssBaseProcGroup The rest of the keywords are added in all versions of NDIS. This change is based on: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/hardware/ ff570864(v=vs.85).aspx Ethernet RoCE MTU value is no longer set to 1024 by default. All options stay as they are and can only be chosen if they were selected explicitly in the UI/registry. The current default state is as follows: • The value is now derived from the MTU (or MaxFramSize, or Jumbo Packets value) and they are all aliases for the same value). • Value is aligned to 256,512,1024,2048 in a way that it will be rounded down to the near- est power of two of the ETH MTU. InfiniBand Added ibdiagnet utility support Mellanox Technologies7
--------------------------------------- 8
Mellanox WinOF VPI Release NotesRev 4.3 2.2New Features and Changes in Version 4.2 From Version 3.2.0 Table 2 - Changes and New Features CategoryDescription General Modified RSS cores and changed VMQ affinity on the fly Fixed restart issue when there are not enough MSI-X vectors for each machine core Added support for K-GROUPS processors (more than 64 processors support) to allow assignment of MSI-X affinity for multiple processor groups. Set an adequate number of MTTs to map all physical memory Allocated firmware and ICM memory in chunks of non-paged memory instead of using contiguous physical memory. Fixed RSS indirection table mapping building when there are less RX rings than RSS cores. Fixed a bug, preventing standard work with BAR value more than 4GB. Fixed memory leaks Fixed error flows causing a Bluescreen in driver startup\unload Fixed a Bluescreen occurrence upon shutdown due to leak in active resources Changed device names in device manager and their hardware IDs. The changes were made to distinguish between ConnectX®-2 and ConnectX®-3: • for ConnectX-2: MLX4\ConnectX-2_Eth and IBA\ConnectX-2_IPoIB • for ConnectX-3: MLX4\ConnectX-3_Eth and IBA\ConnectX-3_IPoIB Set QoS settings only for ConnectX-3. Changing the hardware ID, forces the OS to install new device and re-build the registry keys. Added an event log to indicate driver failure upon start if there are two HCA burned with the same GUID. Added firmware upgrade support as part of the setup process. The setup burns the new firmware only on Mellanox cards. Firmware burning failure does not prevent the driver’s installation, therefore, it will show a warning. In this case, it is recom- mended to update the firmware manually. Enabled configuration of TxRingNum registry key from the UI Improved the "Port Protocol" dialog Added Registry key documentation to the setup package Performance Optimized code performance Increased send parallelism Mellanox Technologies8
--------------------------------------- 9
Mellanox WinOF VPI Release NotesRev 4.3 Table 2 - Changes and New Features CategoryDescription Memory used in receive flow is now allocated with the same affinity of the han- dling processor for faster access Statistics parameters are now directly read from hardware instead of being calcu- lated by software. Added support for BlueFlame. BlueFlame is now the default working mode for all packets that have a descriptor which fits into a BF register (currently 256 bytes). Use "BlueFlame" registry key to enable\disable this feature. Added support for RSS functionality on available processors numbers. Used to be restricted to start at the first processor. Changed RSS registry defaults to give better out of the box performance Added a performance UI to tune performance under various scenarios Added a tool to tune performance under various scenarios Ethernet Added support for multiple TX rings Added an option to verify that the number of multicast groups used is no higher than the firmware limits Improved performance in virtualization when using VMQ IPoIB Fixed a bug that prevented IBAL applications from working on machines with 2 cards Fixed a bug that caused packet drop on remote node when the first sent packet is not an ARP or a multicast packet Added support for multiple TX rings. The new driver advertises its TSS capability (using multiple TX rings). This feature will not be used when communicating with older version drivers (such as the inbox driver). This way IPv4 communication in a mixed environment that includes the inbox driver should work. IPv6 communica- tion may be problematic in such an environment. Eliminated some race conditions in IPoIB mcast handling Added mcast addresses according to the Windows mcast table in addition to mcast addresses from igmp\mld queries, in order to connect to such mcasts that are not reported by the queries. Removed redundant LID_CHANGE events. This fixes the redundant reconnection of all IPoIB mcasts. Added support for VM migration. When a VM is migrated from one host to another it does not send a new ARP to hosts it already knew when it was sitting on the first host. In order to prevent communication interruption to such hosts, the driver will initiate an ARP to learn them again. Mellanox Technologies9
--------------------------------------- 10
Mellanox WinOF VPI Release NotesRev 4.3 Table 2 - Changes and New Features CategoryDescription Fixed IPoIB VMQ affinity update bugs Fixed IPoIB VMQ parent queue management race during reset Fixed a bug in passing DHCP packets from a Linux VM Fixed bug in RDMA statistics for NDK Removed affinity restriction to group 0 for NDK Added support for the part_man tool. It can create only one additional IPoIB inter- face per port GUID. This feature can be utilized to use different IPoIB interfaces for SMB and Hyper-V. The virtual ports configuration is removed during uninstal Installed ND by default The following tools were added to the setup package: • ibv_asyncwatch.exe • ibv_atomic_bw.exe • ibv_atomic_lat.exe • ibv_devinfo.exe • ibv_rc_pingpong.exe • ibv_rdma_bw.exe • ibv_rdma_lat.exe • ibaddr.exe • ibcacheedit.exe • iblinkinfo.exe • ibqueryerrors.exe • ibsysstat.exe •saquery.exe • smpdump.exe Mellanox Technologies10
--------------------------------------- 11
Mellanox WinOF VPI Release NotesRev 4.3 3Beta Features Table 3 - Beta Features CategoryDescription OpenSM OpenSM is currently at beta level. We do not recommend using it in deployment setups. If OpenSM is required in your setup, please use a Mellanox managed switch or UFM. WinVerbs WinVerbs is not supported anymore. We recommend installing both of MLX4ND and MLX4ND together. Mellanox Technologies11
--------------------------------------- 12
Mellanox WinOF VPI Release NotesRev 4.3 4Unsupported Functionality/Features The following are the unsupported functionality/features in WinOF version 4.3: • Connect-X® adapter cards • OS versions older than Windows 2008 • ND over winverbs provider Mellanox Technologies12
--------------------------------------- 13
Mellanox WinOF VPI Release NotesRev 4.3 5Known Issues Table 4 - WinOf Known Issues CategoryDescriptionWorkaround General The installation does not guarantee that there are no background It is recommended to apps running on the interface, and may cause a BSOD as a result close all the running of a stuck cmd.apps when upgrading the driver. - Mellanox adapter is shown on USB removal menu. When you ask - to remove a USB stick, you are offered to remove the Mellanox adapter too. Some functionality is missing for ConnectX®-2 due to firmware - gaps (CQ to EQ; auto sensing, QoS) On rare occasions, as a result of port configuration change (IB/- ETH) the UI may get stuck for up to a few minutes. This effect does not require any user action. The UI returns to its proper func- tionality after a few minutes. WinOF inbox driver does not support upgrade. When installing - WinOF v4.2 on a Windows 2012 machine, the inbox driver is uninstalled prior to starting the new installation and any previous configurations is lost. The inbox driver will be reinstalled auto- matically when the new driver is uninstalled. In order to get higher performance when using multicast packets, - the user should use different UDP ports. Without separate ports for each stream, WinSock multiplexes every packet to every sub- scriber socket and then filters it out. This is different to Linux which performs no additional filtering, and each socket will see all the packets. The "Packets Received Discarded" and "Packets Received Errors" - counter may display wrong results Firmware upgrade may fail during installation if there was a prior Upgrade the firmware firmware upgrade on the machine without a reboot after it. A firm-manually. ware upgrade failure does not fail the whole installation. The drivers’ functionality is limited up to 1TB of memory and up - to 128 cores. Mellanox Technologies13
--------------------------------------- 14
Mellanox WinOF VPI Release NotesRev 4.3 Table 4 - WinOf Known Issues CategoryDescriptionWorkaround InfiniBand Connection failure on ND tests while machine A have IBAL pro-- vider and machine B have MLX4ND provider. Hibernate and Sleep do not work when user-space is using its - resources. IPoIB does not support:- • MAC address change • QoS (packet priority) • Load balancing and fail-over (LBFO) • Connected Mode • Partition Memory registration on 32bit machines is limited to up to 256GB- In an interoperability environment that has both Linux and Win-- dows OSs, the MTU value must be the same, otherwise packets larger than the minimum will not go through. The default MTU for Linux is 2K and for Windows it's 4K Old InfiniBand application must be recompiled with the latest - SDK version iSCSI boot over IPoIB is currently not functional- OpenSM is not run as a service during installation. The reason is To run OpenSM as a that since the SM should get the GUID parameter to decide which service, assuming the port it works on, setting it in setup will lead it to work only for first package was installed port and not for others.in default path, use: sc create opensm binPath= "c:\Pro- gram Files\Mella- Mellanox WinOF VPI Release Notes ls\opensm.exe" To start the service run: sc start opensm Tools issues:- • ibportstate doesn't work on RoCE ports • ibdiagpath may crash on Hyper-V machines If an application which uses InfiniBand runs while the driver is Stop all InfiniBand being restarted, a bluescreen or an NMI may occur. applications including OpenSM upon driver restart. If OpenSM is up during driver restart on the same machine, it To resume operation, might stop working when the driver is back up.stop the OpenSM and restart the driver again while OpenSM is down. Mellanox Technologies14
--------------------------------------- 15
Mellanox WinOF VPI Release NotesRev 4.3 Table 4 - WinOf Known Issues CategoryDescriptionWorkaround Virtual IPoIB interface, created by part_man, reports Active state - when the physical link is in Initializing state and OpenSM is not running in the subnet Ethernet High multicast drop rate on multicast storming. Use the "Multicast traf- fic" tuning option under the performance tab. For further informa- tion, please refer to section “Tunable Per- formance Parameters” in the User Manual. Driver installation requires deletion of the mlx4_bus.sys file in Delete the Windows Server 2008 R and wlh OSs when using the PXE pack-mlx4_bus.sys file and age.reboot the machine to install the driver. RoCE RoCE does not support:- • Traffic cannot go through the router. It works in the same subnet only • Multicast traffic •VLAN • Layer 3 feature RoCE dynamic priority change is not supported in firmware ver-- sion 2.11.0500. It will be supported in firmware version 2.11.1000 Hyper-v When the vSwitch is detached from the ETH\IPoIB device while - the driver is disabled, the device does not reacquire the static IP it had before the attachment of the vSwitch. When the vSwitch is attached to the ETH\IPoIB device while there is no link, it will not receive the device IP when the link is back up. After attaching the vSwitch to Mellanox WinOF VPI Release NotesReattach the vSwitch Mellanox WinOF VPI Release Notesto sync with the value not affect the vSwitch configuration and vice versa. set in the ETH\IPoIB For example, if the user sets the “Jumbo Packet” on the device. Mellanox WinOF VPI Release Notes to X+Y, X+Y sized packets will be passed from NDIS down to the driver and they will be dropped by it. Mellanox Technologies15
--------------------------------------- 16
Mellanox WinOF VPI Release NotesRev 4.3 Table 4 - WinOf Known Issues CategoryDescriptionWorkaround When VMQ is enabled after reset, the driver loads all the VMQs - that existed before the reset. It is not guaranteed that each VMQ will receive the same QP number it had before the reset. This can cause some delay as a result of resetting before connec- tivity is reestablished. The delay is caused by the time it takes for the ARP table to update after initiating the Gratuitous ARP. When the vSwitch is detached from the ETH\IPoIB device while - the driver is disabled, the device does not reacquire the static IP it had before the attachment of the vSwitch. When the vSwitch is attached to the ETH\IPoIB device while there is no link, it will not receive the device IP when the link is back up. After disabling and enabling a port on a guest, a ping to it may be - renewed after one minute. The ARP requests sent by Windows are less frequent as the time passes. If the guest port was down for a while, it could take time until Windows decides to send another ARP request to it. In IPoIB when using long Multicast traffic from a Virtual Machine - (VM) to an external host there might be up to 0.5% loss in 5% bursts Hyper-V is at low bandwidth on LBFO Vswitch, Windows 2012 In Ethernet to achieve better iperf TCP performance between a - Linux VM and a Windows VM on different hosts, when using MS MUX over the Ethernet driver, use the non VMQ mode for the VMs. The IPoIB non-VMQ mode is supported only when the VMQ is To use the non-VMQ enabled according to the registry values. mode for a VM, change its settings as follow: • Press "Settings" on the VM • Go to Network Adapter -> Hardware Acceler- ation • Un-check the "Enable virtual machine queue" Mellanox Technologies16
mlnx_fw_nic_4_3_11897_windows_32-64_chg
=============================================================================== Emulex NIC Device Driver for Windows ===============================================================================
Driver version: 4.6.203.1 (supported on IBM System x, BladeCenter and Flex)
Problems Fixed: - HyperV VM's tagged VLAN's did not get an IP Address - NIC Function Properties > Status for PCI Express Link Speed says Invalid Link Speed detected. - iSCSI ports of CNA card in ESXi 4.1u3 OCM GUI (vCenter plug in) is not getting displayed
Driver Vers: 4.4.176.2 (Previously supported on IBM Flex) Driver Vers: 4.2.390.6 (Previous Release for IBM Rack & BladeCenter)
Problems Fixed: - Cleaned up inf file - TOE Offload Fails when the same neighbor is added more than once
Incremental Interoperability: - Windows 2012
Known Issues: - Switch Independent Mode not supported in a HyperV environment - Default values vary between inbox and out of box drivers. For example: Configuration section - Wake On LAN - Inbox default is ‘Disabled’ – out-of-box default is ‘Enabled’ Performance section - Maximum Number of RSS Queues - Inbox default is ‘4’ - out-of-box default is ‘8’ - Virtual Machine Queues - Inbox default is ‘Disabled’ – out-of-box default is ‘Enabled’ You may select the button to reset all driver settings to defaults after any installation.
Driver Vers: 4.1.370.0 (Previously supported on IBM SystemX, BladeCenter & Flex)
Incremental Interoperability: - Initial release for IBM Flex
Problems Fixed:
- HS23 - Sleep Stress test failed with bugcheck C4 during driver verify - TOE with RSC enabled causes Network to go down - Augmented WOL Capabilities - Driver parameter query failures - BSOD 9F during shutdown if device stops responding - RSS queues may change port during MPRestart and MPPause
Driver Vers: 4.1.334.25 (Previously supported on IBM SystemX & BladeCenter)
Problems Fixed:
- Emulex: Large Receive Offload support needed in Windows NIC driver - Win WoL: Need to report WoL based on ARM reported capabilities - update the driver strings for existing cards - RSS code may access PerMessage beyond end of array - 16 queue RSS for BE3 on Windows 2008 R2 - fix unverified mode of occfg to allow customer workarounds - 16 queue RSS lockup if SRIOV enabled in registry - Standard Property Page for 1 port Windows Azure card - Timeout RQ flush to avoid bugcheck during shutdown - Change receive buffer alignment to use Windows 2008 R2 TCPIP fast path - Emulex: BSOD - Replacing BE3 card with a BE2 card after installation of new kit driver and firmware on Win 2k3 SP2 R2x64 (vNIC enabled IBM machine) - be2nd62.inf failed ChkInf - VMQ registry keys displayed in Windows 2008 - be_function_prepare_nonembedded_ioctl overwrites version field - autoi reboot fails on Win2K8 x64 when verifier enabled - PCI ID: Updates for Endeavor 2 for IBM- PCI IDs Rev 1.22 - Emulex NIC driver causes BSoD during shutdown whenever disable firewall or join domain network - Sleep Stress test failed with bugcheck C4 during driver verify - Disable TOE by default for IBM - BSOD 9F during shutdown if device stops responding
Driver Vers: 4.0.317.0 (Previously supported on IBM SystemX & BladeCenter) elx_dd_nic_ibm1212-4_6_203_1-6_windows_32-64_chg
=============================================================================== Emulex FCoE Device Driver for Windows 2012R2 ===============================================================================
Driver version: 2.76.002.001 (supported on IBM BladeCenter)
=============================================== Change History =============================================== Document Name: Change History Document Status: IBM General Avalibility Document Version: 3.2.3 Latest Driver Version: 3.2.3.0 Document Updated: 05/30/2013 Product: Brocade FC/NIC/CNA
=================================================
Please visit www.brocade.com/hba for full documentation, additional drivers, and management applications.
Version 3.2.3.0 New Features and Feature Enhancement: - Support for patching firmware via boot image - Support for UEFI Health Check Protocol
Fixes and Enhancements: - Enhanced Windows Network performance
Version 3.2.1.0 New Features and Feature Enhancement: - Support for "IBM Flex System FC5024D 4-port 16Gb FC Adapter" PART_NUMBER "95Y2381"
Fixes and Enhancements: - Enhanced windows Hyper-V driver to avoid a infrequent crash seen during shutdown with VMQ enabled
Version 3.2.0.0 Release for FC/NIC/CNA
New Features and Feature Enhancement: - Updated code for Brocade 1867 IBM Flex System FC5022 FC Adapter for x22 - BB Credit Recovery - Forward Error Correction (FEC) - Diagnostic Port (D-Port) - LUN Level IO Latency/Stats - UCM (Unified Configuration Manager) - Windows Network Performance and scalability enhancement
Fixes or enhancements: - For Brocade 8x5/4x5, I/O interrupt latency values are dynamically updated. Changes are effective for all the ports on the given adapter. - Addressed infrequent PSOD in VMware ESX with iSCSI or VLAN configured traffic in DCB enabled network. - Enhanced BR1860 Tape IO performance. - Improved BR1860 initialization on Xen kernel.
Version 3.1.0.1 Release for 16G FC/NIC/CNA
Adapter Features - Updated code for Brocade 1867 IBM 16G Mezzanine Fabric Adapter.
HBA - Fibre Channel 16G Support
Fixes and Enhancements: N/A
Version 3.0.3.1 Initial release for 16G FC/NIC/CNA
Adapter Features - Initial support for Brocade 1867 IBM 16G Mezzanine Fabric Adapter.
HBA - Fibre Channel 16G Support
Fixes and Enhancements: N/A brcd_fw_cna_3_2_3_0_windows_32-64_chg
=============================================== Change History =============================================== Document Name: Change History Document Status: IBM General Avalibility Document Version: 3.2.3.1 Latest Driver Version: 3.2.3.1 Document Updated: 10/08/2013 Product: Brocade FC/FCoE/NIC
=================================================
Please visit www.brocade.com/hba for full documentation, additional drivers, and management applications.
Version 3.2.3.1 New Features and Feature Enhancement: - Support for Windows 2012 R2
Version 3.2.3.0 New Features and Feature Enhancement: - Support for patching firmware via boot image - Support for UEFI Health Check Protocol
Fixes and Enhancements: - Enhanced Windows Network performance
Version 3.2.1.1 Fixes and Enhancements: - Firmware update to address the thermal notification issue
Version 3.2.1.0 New Features and Feature Enhancement: - Support for "IBM Flex System FC5024D 4-port 16Gb FC Adapter" PART_NUMBER "95Y2381"
Fixes and Enhancements: - Enhanced windows Hyper-V driver to avoid a infrequent crash seen during shutdown with VMQ enabled - Included windows 2012 Driver Update Disk (based on windows 2008 R2 DUD)
Version 3.2.0.0 New Features and Feature Enhancement: - BB Credit Recovery - Forward Error Correction (FEC) - Diagnostic Port (D-Port) - LUN Level IO Latency/Stats - UCM (Unified Configuration Manager) - Windows Network Performance and scalability enhancement
Fixes or enhancements: - For Brocade 8x5/4x5, I/O interrupt latency values are dynamically updated. Changes are effective for all the ports on the given adapter. - Addressed infrequent PSOD in VMware ESX with iSCSI or VLAN configured traffic in DCB enabled network. - Enhanced BR1860 Tape IO performance. - Improved BR1860 initialization on Xen kernel.
Version 3.1.0.1 Key features and enhancements supported for the software release 3.1.0.1 include the following:
New Features: - FC-AL support for direct attach to storage - Ability to assign minimum bandwidth to each vNIC - Queue Depth adjustment - FC QoS set by percentage
New Operating System Support: - Windows Server 2012
Fixes or Enhancements: - On Windows 2008 or 2008 R2, resolved an issue where HCM may freeze intermittently when Team(s) or VLAN(s) are configured. - Improved stability with Hyper-V and Teaming configurations. - On Windows 2008 or 2008 R2, resolved an issue that could stall network traffic during heavy traffic load.
Version 3.0.3.0 Initial release for 16G FC Adapter Features - Initial support for Brocade 1867 IBM 16G Mezzanine Fabric Adapter.
HBA - Fibre Channel 16G Support
Fixes and Enhancements: N/A brcd_dd_cna_3_2_3_1_windows_32-64_chg